VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC
SB-2/A, 1996-07-10
MEMBERSHIP SPORTS & RECREATION CLUBS
Previous: EQUIVANTAGE HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 1996-2, 8-K, 1996-07-10
Next: DYNAMEX INC, S-1/A, 1996-07-10



<PAGE>

   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 10, 1996
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-5193 
============================================================================= 
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
                            Washington, D.C. 20549 
                                    ------ 
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 
                                      to 
                                  FORM SB-2 
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT 
                                    UNDER 
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 
                                    ------ 
                           VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>                                <C>    
           Delaware                               7999                               13-377-8895 
 (State or other jurisdiction           (Primary Standard Industrial              (I.R.S. Employer 
of incorporation or organization)        Classification Code Number)           Identification Number) 
</TABLE>
        
    
                              7 West 51st Street 
                           New York, New York 10019 
                                (212) 765-1284 
  (Address and telephone number of registrant's principal executive offices) 
                                    ------ 
                               Earl T. Takefman 
                           Chief Executive Officer 
                           Visual Edge Systems Inc. 
                              7 West 51st Street 
                           New York, New York 10019 
                                (212) 765-1284 
          (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service) 
                                    ------ 
   
                                  Copies to: 
          David W. Pollak, Esq.                      Robert J. Mittman, Esq. 
       Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP                    Tenzer Greenblatt LLP 
             101 Park Avenue                          405 Lexington Avenue 
        New York, New York 10178                  New York, New York 10174-0208 
           Tel: (212) 309-6000                         Tel: (212) 885-5555 
           Fax: (212) 309-6273                         Fax: (212) 885-5001 
                                       ------ 
    
   Approximate date of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable 
after this Registration Statement becomes effective. 

   If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering 
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following 
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier 
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /

   If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) 
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act 
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement 
for the same offering. / /

   If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, 
please check the following box. / / 

   If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered 
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities 
Act of 1933, check the following box. /X/
                                    ------ 
   The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or 
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant 
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this 
Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with 
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration 
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting 
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine. 
   
============================================================================= 
    

<PAGE>
                           VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 

                            CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET 

 FURNISHED PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-B SHOWING LOCATION IN THE 
                              PROSPECTUS OF THE 
                  INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ITEMS OF FORM SB-2 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Form SB-2 Item Number and Heading                          Caption or Location in Prospectus 
 -------------------------------------------------------   ------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                       <C>
 1. Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
    Front Cover Page of Prospectus  ....................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus 
    
 
 2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of 
    Prospectus..........................................  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
                                                          Pages of Prospectus 

 3. Summary Information and Risk Factors  ..............  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors

 4. Use of Proceeds  ...................................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
 
 5. Determination of Offering Price ....................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Underwriting 

 6. Dilution  ..........................................  Dilution 

 7. Selling Securityholders  ...........................  Prospectus Summary; Principal Stockholders; Selling 
                                                          Stockholders and Plan of Distribution; Underwriting
 
 8. Plan of Distribution  ..............................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Underwriting
 
 9. Legal Proceedings  .................................  Business
 
10. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control 
    Persons  ...........................................  Management
 
11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 
    Management  ........................................  Management; Principal Stockholders
 
12. Description of Securities  .........................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Prospectus Summary; 
                                                          Description of Securities
 
13. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel  ............  Legal Matters; Experts 

14. Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification 
    for Securities Act Liabilities  ....................  Not Applicable
 
15. Organization Within Five Years  ....................  Certain Transactions
 
16. Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of
    Operation ..........................................  Plan of Operation; Proposed Business 

17. Description of Property  ...........................  Business 

18. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.  ...  Certain Transactions 

19. Market For Common Equity and Related Stockholder 
    Matters ............................................  Description of Securities
 
20. Executive Compensation  ............................  Management
 
21. Financial Statements  ..............................  Financial Statements 

22. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on 
    Accounting and Financial Disclosure  ...............  Not Applicable 

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A 
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may 
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement 
becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or 
the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these 
securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be 
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of 
any such State. 
   
                   PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JULY 10, 1996
                              SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                                      LOGO
                      1,300,000 Shares of Common Stock and
                         Redeemable Warrants to Purchase
                        1,300,000 Shares of Common Stock

   The Company is offering hereby 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock and 
redeemable warrants to purchase 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock (the 
"Warrants"). The shares of Common Stock and Warrants may be purchased 
separately and will be separately transferable immediately upon issuance. 
Each Warrant entitles the registered holder thereof to purchase one share of 
Common Stock at a price of $5.00, subject to adjustment in certain 
circumstances, at any time commencing      , 1997 through and including 
     , 2000. The Warrants are redeemable by the Company, upon the consent of 
the Underwriter, at any time commencing      , 1997, upon notice of not less 
than 30 days, at a price of $.10 per Warrant, provided that the closing bid 
quotation of the Common Stock on all 30 of the trading days ending on the 
third day prior to the day on which the Company gives notice has been at 
least 150% (currently $7.50, subject to adjustment) of the then effective 
exercise price of the Warrants. See "Description of Securities." 

   Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common 
Stock or the Warrants and there can be no assurance that any such market will 
develop. It is anticipated that the Common Stock and the Warrants will be 
quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbols "EDGE" and "EDGEW," 
respectively. The offering prices of the Common Stock and the Warrants, and 
the exercise price of the Warrants, were determined pursuant to negotiations 
between the Company and the Underwriter and do not necessarily relate to the 
Company's book value or any other established criteria of value. For a 
discussion of the factors considered in determining the offering prices, see 
"Underwriting." 
    
   This Prospectus also relates to the offer and sale by certain persons (the 
"Selling Stockholders") of 220,000 shares of Common Stock. The shares offered 
by the Selling Stockholders are not part of the underwritten offering and may 
not be offered or sold prior to twelve months from the date of this 
Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Underwriter. See "Selling 
Stockholders and Plan of Distribution." 
                                    ------ 
   
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF 
  RISK AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION OF $3.92 PER SHARE AND SHOULD NOT 
    BE PURCHASED BY INVESTORS WHO CANNOT AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE 
           INVESTMENT. SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 7 AND "DILUTION." 
                                    ------ 
    
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND 
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE 
   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION 
    PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY 
            REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. 


<PAGE>

=============================================================================
                                             Underwriting 
                                 Price to      Discounts         Proceeds to 
                                  Public   and Commissions(1)     Company(2) 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Per Share .....................   $5.00         $.50                $4.50 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Per Warrant ...................    $.10          $.01                $.09 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Total(3) ...................... $6,630,000     $663,000          $5,967,000 
=============================================================================
(1) In addition, the Company has agreed to pay to the Underwriter a 3% 
    non-accountable expense allowance, to grant to the Underwriter warrants 
    (the "Underwriter's Warrants") to purchase 130,000 shares of Common Stock 
    and/or 130,000 warrants and to retain the Underwriter as a financial 
    consultant. The Company has also agreed to indemnify the Underwriter 
    against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the 
    Securities Act of 1933. See "Underwriting." 

(2) Before deducting expenses, including the non-accountable expense 
    allowance in the amount of $198,900 ($228,735 if the Underwriter's 
    over-allotment option is exercised in full), estimated at $660,000, 
    payable by the Company. The Selling Stockholders will not bear any 
    expenses of this offering. 

(3) The Company has granted the Underwriter an option, exercisable within 45 
    days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 195,000 
    additional shares of Common Stock and/or 195,000 additional Warrants, on 
    the same terms as set forth above, solely for the purpose of covering 
    over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriter's over-allotment option is 
    exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and 
    Commissions and Proceeds to Company will be $7,624,500, $762,450 and 
    $6,862,050, respectively. See "Underwriting." 
                                      ------ 

   The shares of Common Stock and Warrants are being offered, subject to 
prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriter and 
subject to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain 
other conditions. The Underwriter reserves the right to withdraw, cancel or 
modify the offering and to reject any order in whole or in part. It is 
expected that delivery of certificates representing the shares of Common 
Stock and the Warrants will be made against payment therefor at the offices 
of the Underwriter, 650 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10019, on or about 
     , 1996. 
                          Whale Securities Co., L.P. 

                 The date of this Prospectus is      , 1996. 

                                    
<PAGE>





















                                    ------ 

   
   The Company is not currently subject to the reporting requirements of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). As of the 
date of this Prospectus, the Company will become subject to the reporting 
requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith will file 
reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). Such reports, proxy statements and 
other information can be inspected and copied at the public reference 
facilities of the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, 
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the following regional offices: Northeast 
Regional Office, 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, and Midwest Regional 
Office, Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, 
Chicago, Illinois and copies of such material can be obtained from the Public 
Reference Section of the Commission at prescribed rates. The Company intends 
to furnish its stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial 
statements and other reports as the Company deems appropriate or as may be 
required by law. 
    

   IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT 
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK 
AND WARRANTS AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN 
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME. 

<PAGE>

                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 

   The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 
more detailed information and financial statements, including the notes 
thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Prospective investors are 
urged to read this Prospectus in its entirety. Unless otherwise indicated, 
all share and per share data and information in this Prospectus relating to 
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (i) has been adjusted to 
give retroactive effect to a recapitalization effective May 2, 1996 (the 
"Recapitalization") pursuant to which each outstanding share of Class A 
Common Stock of the Company was converted into approximately .49 shares of 
Common Stock and each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock of the 
Company was converted into 4,882.68 shares of Common Stock and (ii) assumes 
no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment option to purchase up to 
195,000 additional Shares and/or 195,000 additional Warrants. See "Certain 
Transactions" and "Underwriting." 

                                 THE COMPANY 

   Visual Edge Systems Inc. (the "Company"), a development stage company, was 
organized to develop and market personalized videotape golf lessons featuring 
One-on-One instruction by leading professional golfer Greg Norman. To date, 
the Company has focused its efforts on developing computer software which 
digitally combines actual video footage of a golfer's swing with a 
synchronized "split-screen" comparison to Greg Norman's golf swing to produce 
a 45-minute One-on-One videotape golf lesson. The Company's proposed 
One-on-One video golf lesson analyzes a golfer's swing by comparing it to 
Greg Norman's swing at several different club positions from two camera 
angles using Greg Norman's pre-recorded instructional commentary and analysis 
and computer graphics to highlight important golf fundamentals intended to 
improve a golfer's performance. 

   Pursuant to a license agreement with Greg Norman and Great White Shark 
Enterprises, Inc. (the "Greg Norman License"), Greg Norman agreed to grant to 
the Company a worldwide license to use his name, likeness and endorsement in 
connection with the production and promotion of the Company's proposed 
products. The agreement provides that the continued use of the license by the 
Company is conditioned upon guaranteed payments aggregating $3,300,000 during 
the three-year period commencing July 1, 1996 to be applied against a royalty 
equal to 8% of the Company's net revenues from product sales. The Company's 
proposed business and prospects are dependent upon the Company's continued 
association with Greg Norman. 

   In 1995, the Company developed the software necessary to operate a video 
editing and videotape production process and an initial version of a 
right-handed, full swing videotape golf lesson. In September 1995, the 
Company conducted preliminary market testing of such videotape at a public 
driving range in New York where approximately 175 golfers used the One-on-One 
concept at no charge. Based on favorable consumer reaction to the videotape, 
in November and December 1995 the Company engaged in expanded market testing 
activities at various public and private golf courses, driving ranges and 
retailers in Florida and California, including the PGA National Golf Course, 
during which a limited number of videotapes were sold. The market tests were 
intended to provide information on the product's acceptance among golfers and 
to test the technical aspects of the Company's video editing and production 
process. 

   The Company intends to design, develop and test production versions of 
One-on-One video golf lessons. The production versions are expected to 
provide enhanced pre-recorded instructional commentary and analysis of a 
golfer's swing at various club positions. The Greg Norman License provides 
that the Company has the right to require Greg Norman to be available, 
subject to his commitments to the PGA Tour and other golf tours and 
contractual commitments, to produce the Company's proposed products and make 
promotional appearances to market such products. The Company currently 
anticipates that, subject to Greg Norman's availability, it will script, 
film, edit and produce production versions of various right and left handed, 
full swing, standard, advanced, senior and female One-on-One videotape golf 
lessons by late 1996. The Company also plans to develop additional videotape 
golf lessons, such as short game, sand play and putting lessons. 

                                      3 
<PAGE>

   In the event of successful completion of production versions of One-on-One 
videos, the Company anticipates that it will seek to enter selected target 
markets. The Company's primary marketing strategy is to sell One-on-One 
videotapes on a prearranged basis to various organizers of amateur corporate, 
charity and member golf tournaments (who typically offer gifts to tournament 
participants) and golf professionals at private and daily fee golf courses 
and driving ranges. The Company may also seek to enter into strategic 
relationships with third parties relating to product marketing and 
distribution. 

   The Company's objective is to develop mobile One-on-One vans equipped with 
video and personal computer equipment to market, promote and produce the 
Company's proposed products. The Company will seek to position such vans in 
selected geographic areas that will service golf courses and driving ranges 
throughout the United States, initially in Florida, the Carolinas and 
California. The Company anticipates that a Company employee will operate 
videotaping equipment at the first tee, driving range or other suitable 
location to videotape a golfer's swing which would be edited inside a 
One-on-One van to create a personalized videotape golf lesson in 
approximately 25 minutes. 

   Golf has become an increasingly popular form of sport and entertainment in 
recent years. According to the National Golf Foundation, consumer spending on 
golf-related activities, including green fees, golf equipment and related 
merchandise, has increased from approximately $12.7 billion in 1989 to 
approximately $15.1 billion in 1994. The number of golfers and golf courses 
and driving ranges has also increased and golf industry participants have 
sought to increase public awareness and provide greater access to golfers of 
all ages and income levels. It is estimated that golfers spend approximately 
$440 million annually on golf lessons. The Company believes that the 
capabilities of its software, including its ability to produce instructional 
commentary by Greg Norman and synchronized, "split-screen" comparisons with 
Greg Norman's swing, coupled with the consumer recognition and appeal of Greg 
Norman, differentiate the Company's proposed products from competing products 
and position the Company to capitalize on the growing popularity of golf. 

   Since its inception, the Company has engaged in only limited operations 
and has not yet generated any operating revenues, other than limited revenues 
from market testing activities, and requires the proceeds of this offering to 
implement its proposed plan of operation. The Company expects to incur 
substantial up-front expenses in connection with product development and 
commercialization (including the payment of license fees and the purchase 
and/or lease of One-on-One vans and video and computer equipment), which will 
result in significant losses for the foreseeable future. There can be no 
assurance that the Company will be able to successfully implement its 
business plan. See "Risk Factors." 

   The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 
July 1994 under the name Golf Vision, Inc. The Company changed its name to 
Visual Edge Systems Inc. in March 1995. The Company's executive offices are 
currently located at 7 West 51st Street, New York, New York 10019, and its 
telephone number is (212) 765-1284. 

                               BRIDGE FINANCING 

   
   In May 1996, the Company consummated a bridge financing (the "Bridge
Financing") pursuant to which it issued to 29 unaffiliated investors an
aggregate of (i) $1,100,000 principal amount of promissory notes (the "Bridge
Notes") which bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum and are due on the
earlier of the consummation of this offering or May 31, 1997 and (ii) 220,000
shares of Common Stock. The Underwriter acted as placement agent in connection
with the Bridge Financing. The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds
of this offering to repay the entire principal amount of and accrued interest on
the Bridge Notes. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Selling Stockholders and Plan of
Distribution."
    

                                      4 
<PAGE>

                                 THE OFFERING 

   
Securities offered by the 
  Company......................  1,300,000 shares of Common Stock and Warrants
                                 to purchase 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock. 
    

Securities offered by the 
  Selling Stockholders ........  220,000 shares of Common Stock. Such shares 
                                 are not part of the underwritten offering 
                                 and may not be offered or sold prior to 
                                 twelve months from the date of this 
                                 Prospectus without the prior written consent 
                                 of the Underwriter. See "Selling 
                                 Stockholders and Plan of Distribution." 

Common Stock to be outstanding 
  after the offering(1)........  4,520,000 shares. 

Warrants: 
       Number to be outstanding 
       after the offering......  1,300,000 Warrants. 

       Exercise terms..........  Exercisable commencing    , 1997, each to 
                                 purchase one share of Common Stock at a 
                                 price of $5.00, subject to adjustment in 
                                 certain circumstances. See "Description of 
                                 Securities -- Redeemable Warrants." 

   
       Expiration date.........      , 2000. 
    

       Redemption..............  Redeemable by the Company, upon the consent 
                                 of the Underwriter, at any time commencing 
                                    , 1997, upon notice of not less than 30 
                                 days, at a price of $.10 per Warrant, 
                                 provided that the closing bid quotation of 
                                 the Common Stock on all 30 trading days 
                                 ending on the third day prior to the day on 
                                 which the Company gives notice has been at 
                                 least 150% (currently $7.50, subject to 
                                 adjustment) of the then effective exercise 
                                 price of the Warrants. The Warrants will be 
                                 exercisable until the close of business on 
                                 the date fixed for redemption. See 
                                 "Description of Securities -- Redeemable 
                                 Warrants." 

Use of Proceeds................  The Company intends to use the net proceeds 
                                 from this offering for van development; 
                                 repayment of the Bridge Notes; repayment of 
                                 bank indebtedness; marketing and promotion; 
                                 and the balance for working capital and 
                                 general corporate purposes. See "Use of 
                                 Proceeds." 

Risk Factors...................  The securities offered hereby are 
                                 speculative and involve a high degree of 
                                 risk and immediate substantial dilution and 
                                 should not be purchased by investors who 
                                 cannot afford the loss of their entire 
                                 investment. See "Risk Factors" and 
                                 "Dilution." 

   
Proposed Nasdaq Symbols .......  Common Stock -- EDGE 
                                 Warrants -- EDGEW 
    

- ------ 
(1) Does not include (i) 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for 
    issuance upon the exercise of the Warrants; (ii) an aggregate of 260,000 
    shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of the 
    Underwriter's Warrants and the warrants included therein; (iii) 767,871 
    shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of 
    outstanding options under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan (the 
    "Plan"), including up to 500,000 shares of Common Stock which may be 
    issued upon the exercise of options granted to Earl T. Takefman and Alan 
    L. Lubell, Chief Executive 

                                      5 
<PAGE>

    Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company, respectively, subject 
    to certain stock performance levels; and (iv) 32,129 shares of Common 
    Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options available for 
    future grant under the Plan. See "Management -- Employment and Consulting 
    Agreements," "-- Stock Option Plan," "Certain Transactions," "Description 
    of Securities" and "Underwriting." 

                            SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA 

   The summary financial information set forth below is derived from and 
should be read in conjunction with the financial statements, including the 
notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. 

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA: 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Year Ended       Three Months Ended 
                                                 December 31, 1995     March 31, 1996 
                                                 -----------------   ------------------ 
<S>                                              <C>                 <C>
Net revenues  ................................      $   132,267          $    3,848 
Net loss  ....................................         (464,963)           (131,299) 
Pro forma net loss (1)  ......................       (1,054,963)           (222,549) 
Pro forma net loss per share (1)  ............             (.33)               (.07) 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding .       3,220,000           3,220,000 
</TABLE>
    
BALANCE SHEET DATA: 

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  
                                                                   March 31, 1996                 
                                   December 31,    -------------------------------------------------      
                                       1995           Actual        Pro Forma(2)   As Adjusted(2)(3) 
                                  --------------   -------------    -------------  ----------------- 
<S>                               <C>             <C>               <C>            <C>
Working capital (deficit)  ....     $ (682,422)      $ (789,556)     $  (640,210)     $ 4,312,444 
Total assets  .................        633,477          609,587        1,709,587        5,204,587 
Total liabilities  ............        682,980          790,389        1,556,043          283,389 
Deficit accumulated during the 
  development stage ...........       (464,963)        (596,262)        (596,262)      (1,135,608)(4) 
Stockholders' equity (deficit) .       (49,503)        (180,802)         153,544        4,921,198 
</TABLE>

- ------
(1) See Note 1(f) to Notes to Financial Statements.
 
(2) Gives effect to the Bridge Financing in May 1996. 

(3) Gives effect to the sale of the Common Stock and Warrants offered hereby 
    and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of 
    Proceeds." 

(4) Gives effect to a non-recurring charge of $539,346 relating to the Bridge 
    Financing. Does not give effect to a non-recurring charge of $600,000 
    relating to the transfer of Common Stock to Greg Norman pursuant to the 
    terms of the Greg Norman License, which will be recorded in the 
    three-month period ending June 30, 1996. See Notes 2 and 9 to Notes to 
    Financial Statements. 
    

                                      6 
<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS 

   The securities offered hereby are speculative and involve a high degree of 
risk. Prospective investors should carefully consider the following risk 
factors before making an investment decision. 

   
   1. Development Stage Company. The Company was organized in July 1994 and 
is in the development stage. Since its inception, the Company has been 
engaged principally in organizational activities, including developing a 
business plan, entering into the Greg Norman License, engaging in product 
development and market testing and undertaking preliminary activities for the 
commencement of operations. Accordingly, the Company has no relevant 
operating history upon which an evaluation of its performance and prospects 
can be made. The Company will be subject to all of the risks, expenses, 
delays, problems and difficulties frequently encountered in the establishment 
of a new business and the development and commercialization of new products. 
See "Proposed Business." 

   2. No Operating Revenues. The Company has not yet generated any operating 
revenues, other than limited revenues from market testing activities, and 
will not generate any meaningful revenues until after the Company 
successfully completes development of its proposed One-on-One videotapes and 
develops and operates a number of One-on-One vans, which the Company does not 
anticipate will occur until several months following the consummation of this 
offering. There can be no assurance that the Company will ever generate 
meaningful revenues. See Financial Statements. 

   3. Significant and Continuing Losses; Going Concern.  For the period from 
July 15, 1994 (inception) to March 31, 1996, the Company incurred a 
cumulative net loss of $596,262. Since March 31, 1996, the Company has 
continued to incur losses and anticipates that it will continue to incur 
significant losses until, at the earliest, the Company generates sufficient 
revenues to offset the substantial up-front capital expenditures and 
operating costs (including salaries of executives officers) associated with 
developing and commercializing its proposed products. The Company will also 
incur non-recurring charges aggregating approximately $1,139,000 relating to 
the Bridge Financing and the transfer of Common Stock to Greg Norman pursuant 
to the terms of the Greg Norman License in future periods. The Company's 
independent auditors have included an explanatory paragraph in their report 
on the Company's financial statements stating that the Company's losses and 
working capital and net capital deficiencies raise substantial doubt about 
its ability to continue as a going concern. There can be no assurance that 
the Company will ever achieve profitable operations. See Financial 
Statements. 

   4. Uncertainty of Proposed Plan of Operation. The Company's proposed plan 
of operation and prospects will be largely dependent upon the Company's 
ability to successfully complete development of production versions of its 
proposed One-on-One videotapes; hire and retain skilled technical, marketing 
and other personnel; establish and maintain satisfactory relationships with 
golf professionals at golf courses and driving ranges; successfully develop, 
equip and operate One-on-One vans on a timely and cost effective basis; and 
achieve significant market acceptance for its proposed products. The Company 
has limited experience in developing and commercializing new products based 
on innovative technology and there is limited information available 
concerning the potential performance of the Company's video editing and 
production process or market acceptance of the Company's proposed products. 
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully 
implement its business plan or that unanticipated expenses, problems or 
technical difficulties will not occur which would result in material delays 
in its implementation. See "Plan of Operation." 

   5. Dependence on Proceeds to Implement Plan of Operation. The capital 
requirements relating to implementation of the Company's business plan will 
be significant. The Company is dependent on the proceeds of this offering to 
implement its proposed plan of operation. The Company anticipates, based on 
currently proposed plans and assumptions relating to the implementation of 
its business plan (including the timetable of, and costs associated with, 
product and van development and commercialization), that the proceeds of this 
offering will be sufficient to satisfy its contemplated cash requirements for 
at least twelve months following the consummation of this offering. In the 
event that the Company's plans change, its assumptions change or prove to be 
inaccurate or if the proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient to 
implement its business plan (due to unanticipated expenses, technical 
difficulties, problems or otherwise), the Company would be required to seek 
additional financing sooner than currently anticipated. There can be no 
assurance that the proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to permit the 
Company to meet its objective of developing a significant number of 
One-on-One vans 
    

                                      7 
<PAGE>

   
to market, promote and produce the Company's proposed products or that any 
assumptions relating to the implementation of the Company's business plan 
will prove to be accurate. To the extent that the proceeds of this offering 
are not sufficient to enable the Company to generate meaningful revenues or 
achieve profitable operations, the inability to obtain additional financing 
will have a material adverse effect on the Company, including possibly 
requiring the Company to significantly curtail or cease its operations. See 
"Use of Proceeds." 

   6. Need for Additional Financing.  Any implementation of the Company's 
business plan subsequent to the twelve month period following this offering 
or the development of additional products will require capital resources 
greater than the proceeds of this offering or otherwise currently available 
to the Company. There can be no assurance that any additional financing, 
particularly the significant amounts of financing that would be required if 
the Company is unable to secure satisfactory equipment leasing or financing 
arrangements, will be available to the Company on commercially reasonable 
terms, or at all. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Plan of Operation." 

   7. Dependence on Greg Norman License. Pursuant to the Greg Norman License, 
Greg Norman agreed to grant to the Company a worldwide license to use his 
name, likeness and endorsement in connection with the production and 
promotion of the Company's proposed products. The license agreement provides 
that the continued use of the license by the Company is conditioned upon 
guaranteed payments aggregating $3,300,000 during the three-year period 
commencing July 1, 1996 to be applied against a royalty equal to 8% of the 
Company's net revenues from product sales. The Company is required to make 
payments aggregating $600,000, $1,000,000 and $1,700,000, respectively, 
during each of the years commencing July 1, 1996, 1997 and 1998, whether or 
not the Company derives any revenues from product sales. Failure to make any 
required payment under the Greg Norman License would result in termination of 
the agreement, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company. The 
Company is also dependent upon the continued services of Greg Norman, 
principally his availability to schedule videotaping sessions to complete 
development of the Company's proposed products on a timely basis. The Greg 
Norman License provides that the Company has the right to require Greg Norman 
to be available for a limited number of days per year, subject to his 
commitments to the PGA Tour and other golf tours and contractual commitments, 
to produce the Company's proposed products. Failure or any significant delay 
by Greg Norman in scheduling videotaping sessions, his death, disability or 
retirement from tournament play or any significant decline in the level of 
Greg Norman's tournament play would, under certain circumstances, have a 
material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, the commission by Greg 
Norman of any serious crime or any act which adversely affects his reputation 
could also have an adverse affect on the Company. The Company intends to 
obtain "key-man" insurance on the life of Greg Norman in the amount of 
$10,000,000. See "Proposed Business -- Relationship with Greg Norman." 

   8. Uncertainty of Product Development. Although the Company has developed 
an initial version of a One-on-One videotape golf lesson, the Company has not 
yet completed development, production or testing of its proposed products. 
The Company will be required to commit considerable time, effort and 
resources to finalize development of production versions of its proposed 
One-on-One videotapes and adapt the video editing and videotape production 
functions of its software to its proposed products. The Company's development 
efforts are subject to all of the risks inherent in the development of new 
products and technologies, including unanticipated delays, expenses, 
technical problems or difficulties, as well as the possible insufficiency of 
funds to satisfactorily complete development, which could result in 
abandonment or substantial change in product commercialization. There can be 
no assurance that product development efforts will be successfully completed 
on a timely basis, or at all, or that unanticipated events will not occur 
which would result in increased costs or material delays in product 
development or commercialization. In addition, although the Company believes 
that its software performs the principal functions for which it has been 
designed, the Company has only conducted limited tests of its software. 
Consequently, there can be no assurance that such software will perform all 
of the functions for which it has been designed or prove to be sufficiently 
reliable for the widespread commercial production of the Company's proposed 
One-on-One videos. Technologies such as those incorporated into the Company's 
software may contain errors which become apparent subsequent to commercial 
use. Remedying such errors could delay the Company's plans and cause it to 
incur additional costs. See "Proposed Business -- Product Development." 

   9. Uncertainty of Market Acceptance and Commercialization Strategy. The 
Company's One-on-One personalized videotape golf lesson is a new business 
concept and, accordingly, demand and market acceptance for 
    

                                      8 
<PAGE>

the Company's proposed products is subject to a high level of uncertainty. 
The Company has not conducted and does not intend to conduct any independent 
market or concept feasibility studies nor does it currently expect to conduct 
any additional market testing activities. In the event of successful 
completion of production versions of its proposed One-on-One videotapes, the 
Company currently anticipates that it will seek to enter selected target 
markets. Achieving market acceptance for the Company's proposed products will 
require significant efforts and expenditures by the Company to create 
awareness and demand by golf professionals at golf courses and driving ranges 
and consumers. The Company's prospects will be significantly affected by its 
ability to successfully build an effective sales organization and develop a 
significant number of One-on-One vans. The Company has not yet commenced any 
marketing activities and has limited marketing and technical experience and 
limited financial, personnel and other resources to independently undertake 
extensive marketing activities. The Company's strategy and preliminary and 
future marketing plans may be subject to change as a result of a number of 
factors, including progress or delays in the Company's marketing efforts, 
changes in market conditions (including the emergence of potentially 
significant related market segments), the nature of possible license and 
distribution arrangements which may become available to it in the future and 
competitive factors. To the extent that the Company enters into third-party 
marketing and distribution arrangements in the future, it will be dependent 
on the marketing efforts of such third parties and in certain instances on 
the popularity and sales of their products. Additionally, to the extent that 
the Company seeks to market its proposed products in foreign markets, the 
Company may be subject to various risks associated with foreign trade, 
including customs duties, quotas and other trade restrictions, shipping 
delays, currency fluctuations and international political and economic 
developments. There can be no assurance that the Company's strategy will 
result in successful product commercialization or that the Company's efforts 
will result in initial or continued market acceptance for the Company's 
proposed products. See "Proposed Business -- Marketing and Distribution." 

   
   10. Competition. The Company will face intense competition for a finite 
amount of consumer discretionary spending from numerous other businesses in 
the golf industry and related market segments. The Company will compete with 
numerous other products and services which provide golf instruction, 
including instructional golf videotapes, golf software used to analyze golf 
swings and golf courses, schools and professionals who offer video golf 
lessons, certain of which may be less expensive or provide other advantages 
to consumers. Various instructional golf videotapes currently being marketed 
by leading golf professionals and instructors such as Jack Nicklaus, Tom 
Kite, Nick Faldo, David Leadbetter, Jim McLean and Greg Norman have achieved 
significant national, regional and local consumer recognition. These products 
are marketed by companies with substantially greater financial, marketing, 
distribution, personnel and other resources than the Company, permitting such 
companies to implement extensive advertising and promotional campaigns, both 
generally and in response to efforts by additional competitors to enter into 
new markets. In addition, certain companies offer both hardware and software 
to golf professionals for use in connection with golf lessons. Moreover, the 
instructional golf video segment of the industry has no substantial barriers 
to entry and, consequently, the Company expects that other companies which 
have developed software technologies may seek to enter into the Company's 
target markets and compete directly against the Company. There can be no 
assurance that other companies are not developing or will not seek to develop 
similar products. 
    

   The Greg Norman License prohibits Greg Norman from granting similar rights 
to any person with respect to any concept which is the same as or confusingly 
similar to the Company's concept or proposed products. For purposes of the 
Greg Norman License, however, the self-instructional golf video product known 
as Better Golf featuring Greg Norman or any other form of golf instructional 
video or multi-media presentation for teaching golf techniques is not deemed 
the same as or confusingly similar to the Company's proposed products. There 
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully. 
See "Proposed Business -- Competition." 

   
   11. Potential Product Obsolescence. The markets for the Company's proposed 
products may be characterized by rapidly changing technology which could 
result in product obsolescence or short product life cycles. Accordingly, the 
ability of the Company to compete may be dependent upon the Company's ability 
to complete development and commercialization of the Company's proposed 
products in a timely manner and to continually enhance and improve its 
software. There can be no assurance that competitors will not develop 
technologies or products that render the Company's proposed products obsolete 
or less marketable. See "Proposed Business -- Product Development." 
    

                                      9 
<PAGE>

   
   12. Dependence on Limited Product Line. The Company's principal efforts to 
date have been devoted to securing rights to and engaging in the development 
of its proposed instructional golf videotapes. The Company will be entirely 
dependent on the commencement of sales of a limited product line to generate 
revenues and on the commercial success of its proposed products. There can be 
no assurance that the Company's proposed products will prove to be 
commercially viable. Failure to achieve commercial viability would have a 
material adverse effect on the Company. See "Proposed Business." 

   13. Industry Factors. Sales of the Company's instructional golf videotapes 
will be dependent on discretionary spending by consumers, which may be 
adversely affected by unfavorable general economic conditions, as well as a 
decline in the popularity of golf. Any decrease in the level of consumer 
spending on golf instruction could adversely affect the Company's proposed 
business and prospects. The Company's future operating results will depend on 
numerous factors beyond its control, including the popularity, price and 
timing of other instructional golf videos and related products being 
introduced and distributed, national, regional and local economic conditions 
(particularly recessionary conditions adversely affecting consumer spending), 
changes in consumer demographics, the availability and relative popularity of 
other forms of sports and entertainment, and public tastes and preferences, 
which may change rapidly and cannot be predicted. The Company's ability to 
plan for product development and promotional activities may be affected by 
the Company's ability to anticipate and respond to relatively rapid changes 
in consumer tastes and preferences. To the extent that the Company targets 
consumers with limited disposable income, the Company may find it more 
difficult to price its products at levels which result in profitable 
operations. In addition, seasonal weather conditions limiting the playing 
seasons in certain geographic areas may result in fluctuations in the 
Company's future operating results. See "Proposed Business." 

   14. Uncertainty of Patent Protection.  The Company has filed a patent 
application with the United States Patent and Trademark Office covering 
certain aspects of its digital video editing and videotape production 
process. There can be no assurance, however, as to the breadth or degree of 
protection which patents may afford the Company, that any patent applications 
will result in issued patents or that patents will not be circumvented or 
invalidated. Rapid technological developments in the computer software 
industry result in extensive patent filings and a rapid rate of issuance of 
new patents. Although the Company believes that its proposed products do not 
and will not infringe patents or violate proprietary rights of others, the 
Company has not conducted any investigation to determine whether its proposed 
products infringe patents or violate proprietary rights of others, and it is 
possible that infringement of existing or future patents or proprietary 
rights of others have occurred or may occur. In the event the Company's 
proposed products infringe patents or proprietary rights of others, the 
Company may be required to modify the design of its proposed products or 
obtain a license. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to 
do so in a timely manner, upon acceptable terms and conditions or at all. The 
failure to do any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect upon 
the Company. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company will 
have the financial or other resources necessary to enforce or defend a patent 
infringement action and the Company could, under certain circumstances, 
become liable for damages, which also could have a material adverse effect on 
the Company. See "Proposed Business -- Patents, Trademarks and Proprietary 
Information." 

   15, Proprietary Information. The Company intends to rely on proprietary 
processes and to employ various methods to protect the concepts, ideas and 
documentation of its proposed products. However, such methods may not afford 
complete protection and there can be no assurance that others will not 
independently develop such processes or obtain access to the Company's 
proprietary processes, ideas and documentation. Furthermore, although the 
Company intends to enter into confidentiality agreements with its employees, 
there can be no assurance that such arrangements will adequately protect the 
Company. See "Proposed Business -- Patents, Trademarks and Proprietary 
Information." 

   16. Broad Discretion in Application of Proceeds.  Approximately $1,380,000 
(26.0%) of the estimated net proceeds of this offering has been allocated to 
working capital and general corporate purposes. Accordingly, the Company will 
have broad discretion as to the application of such proceeds. In addition, 
approximately $1,627,000 (30.7%) of the estimated net proceeds of this 
offering has been allocated to the repayment of the Bridge Notes and 
indebtedness owed to Republic National Bank of New York (the "Bank") and will 
not be available for use in connection with other corporate purposes. See 
"Use of Proceeds." 

                                      10 
    
<PAGE>

   
   17. Substantial Benefits to Related Parties. Repayment of the Company's 
indebtedness to the Bank will release the personal guarantees of Messrs. Earl 
T. Takefman, Alan L. Lubell and Barry Minsky, principal stockholders of the 
Company, and pledges of personal assets in the form of letters of credit and 
certificates of deposit to secure such loan. The Company also intends to use 
approximately $1,152,500 (21.7%) of the proceeds of this offering allocated 
to working capital to pay $112,500 of accrued salaries since January 1, 1996 
to Messrs. Takefman and Lubell and to pay salaries of executive officers and 
license fees pursuant to the Greg Norman License (which are anticipated to be 
approximately $590,000 and $450,000, respectively, during the twelve months 
following this offering). See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions." 

   18. Dependence on Third-Party Production Companies and Equipment 
Manufacturers. The Company will rely on third-party production companies to 
film and edit the Company's proposed One-on-One videotapes and will be 
dependent on such third parties to satisfactorily complete such filming and 
editing on behalf of the Company on a timely and cost-effective basis. The 
Company will also rely on third-party manufacturers for all of its supply of 
video and computer equipment and vans used in its operations. The Company has 
not entered into agreements with any equipment manufacturer and intends to 
purchase or lease equipment components pursuant to purchase orders placed 
from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Failure or delay by any 
manufacturer in supplying components to the Company on favorable terms could 
result in interruptions in its operations and adversely effect the Company's 
ability to implement its business plan. See "Proposed Business." 

   19. Dependence on Key Personnel; Need for Qualified Personnel.  The 
success of the Company will be dependent on the personal efforts of Earl T. 
Takefman, its Chief Executive Officer, and other key personnel. The loss of 
the services of Mr. Takefman could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company's proposed business and prospects. The Company has entered into 
employment agreements with Mr. Takefman and other key personnel and intends 
to obtain "key-man" insurance on the life of Mr. Takefman in the amount of 
$5,000,000 prior to the consummation of this offering. The success of the 
Company is also dependent upon its ability to hire and retain additional 
qualified marketing, technical, financial and other personnel. Competition 
for qualified personnel is intense and there can be no assurance that the 
Company will be able to hire or retain additional qualified personnel. Any 
inability to attract and retain qualified personnel would have a material 
adverse effect on the Company. See "Management." 

   20. Control by Management. Upon consummation of this offering, Earl T. 
Takefman, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, and Alan L. Lubell, Chairman 
of the Board of Directors of the Company, will beneficially own, in the 
aggregate, approximately 50.3% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock 
(assuming no exercise of the Warrants). Accordingly, such persons, acting 
together, will be in a position to control the Company, elect all of the 
Company's directors, cause an increase in the authorized capital or the 
dissolution, merger or sale of the assets of the Company, and generally to 
direct the affairs of the Company. See "Management" and "Principal 
Stockholders." 

   21. Outstanding Options. Upon consummation of this offering, there will be 
outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 767,871 shares of Common 
Stock at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per 
share, of which options to purchase up to an aggregate of 500,000 shares (the 
"Executive Options") will be granted to Messrs. Takefman and Lubell. Of such 
Executive Options, 300,000 options shall vest and become exercisable if the 
market price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share for at 
least five consecutive trading days during the 18-month period following the 
consummation of this offering and 200,000 options shall vest and become 
exercisable if the market price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $15.00 
per share for five consecutive trading days during the 30-month period 
following the consummation of this offering. Exercise of any of the foregoing 
options will have a dilutive effect on the Company's stockholders. 
Furthermore, the terms upon which the Company may be able to obtain 
additional equity financing may be adversely affected, since the holders of 
the options can be expected to exercise them, if at all, at a time when the 
Company would, in all likelihood, be able to obtain any needed capital on 
terms more favorable to the Company than those provided in the options. See 
"Management -- Stock Option Plan." 

   22. No Dividends. To date, the Company has not paid any cash dividends on 
its Common Stock and does not expect to declare or pay dividends on the 
Common Stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the payment of cash 
dividends may be limited or prohibited by the terms of future loan agreements 
or the future issuance of Preferred Stock. See "Description of Securities -- 
Dividend Policy." 
    

                                      11 
<PAGE>

   
   23. Substantial Dilution. Investors purchasing Common Stock in this 
offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $3.92 (78.4%) per 
share between the adjusted net tangible book value per share after this 
offering and the initial public offering price of $5.00 per share. See 
"Dilution." 

   24. Authorization and Discretionary Issuance of Preferred Stock.  The 
Company's Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Company's Board of 
Directors to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, from time to 
time, in one or more series. The Board of Directors will be authorized, 
without further approval of the stockholders, to fix the dividend rights and 
terms, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights and terms, 
liquidation preferences, and any other rights, preferences, privileges and 
restrictions applicable to each new series of preferred stock. The issuance 
of such stock could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of 
Common Stock and, under certain circumstances, make it more difficult for a 
third party to gain control of the Company, discourage bids for the Common 
Stock at a premium, or otherwise adversely affect the market price of the 
Common Stock. See "Description of Securities--Preferred Stock." 

   25. No Assurance of Public Market; Possible Volatility of Market Price of 
Common Stock and Warrants. Prior to this offering, there has been no public 
trading market for the Common Stock or Warrants. There can be no assurance 
that a regular trading market for the Common Stock or Warrants will develop 
after this offering or that, if developed, it will be sustained. The market 
prices of the Company's securities following this offering may be highly 
volatile as has been the case with the securities of other emerging 
companies. Factors such as the Company's operating results and announcements 
by the Company or its competitors may have a significant impact on the market 
price of the Company's securities. In addition, in recent years, the stock 
market has experienced a high level of price and volume volatility and market 
prices for the stock of many companies have experienced wide price 
fluctuations which have not necessarily been related to the operating 
performance of such companies. See "Underwriting." 

   26. Underwriter's Potential Influence on the Market. Although it has no 
obligation to do so, the Underwriter intends to make a market in the Common 
Stock and Warrants and may otherwise effect transactions in the Common Stock 
and Warrants. If the Underwriter makes a market in the Common Stock or 
Warrants, such activities may exert a dominating influence on the market and 
such activity may be discontinued at any time. The prices and liquidity of 
the Common Stock and Warrants may be significantly affected to the extent, if 
any, that the Underwriter participates in such market. See "Underwriting." 

   27. Possible Delisting of Securities from Nasdaq.  It is currently 
anticipated that the Company's Common Stock and Warrants will be eligible for 
listing on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market upon the completion of this offering. 
In order to continue to be listed on Nasdaq, however, the Company must 
maintain $2,000,000 in total assets, a $200,000 market value of the public 
float and $1,000,000 in total capital and surplus. In addition, continued 
inclusion requires two market-makers and a minimum bid price of $1.00 per 
share; provided, however, that if the Company falls below such minimum bid 
price, it will remain eligible for continued inclusion on Nasdaq if the 
market value of the public float is at least $1,000,000 and the Company has 
$2,000,000 in capital and surplus. The failure to meet these maintenance 
criteria in the future may result in the delisting of the Common Stock and 
Warrants from Nasdaq, and trading, if any, in the Company's securities would 
thereafter be conducted in the non-Nasdaq over-the-counter market. As a 
result of such delisting, an investor could find it more difficult to dispose 
of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of, the Company's 
securities. 

   28. Risks Relating to Low-Priced Stocks. In the event the Common Stock 
were to become delisted from trading on Nasdaq and the trading price of the 
Common Stock were to fall below $5.00 per share, trading in the Common Stock 
would also be subject to the requirements of certain rules promulgated under 
the Exchange Act, which require additional disclosure by broker-dealers in 
connection with any trades involving a stock defined as a penny stock 
(generally, any non- Nasdaq equity security that has a market price of less 
than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions). Such rules require the 
delivery, prior to any penny stock transaction, of a disclosure schedule 
explaining the penny stock market and the risks associated therewith, and 
impose various sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell penny 
stocks to persons other than established customers and accredited investors 
(generally institutions). For these types of transactions, the broker-dealer 
must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and have 
received the purchaser's written consent to the transac- 
    

                                      12 
<PAGE>

tion prior to sale. The additional burdens imposed upon broker-dealers by 
such requirements may discourage broker-dealers from effecting transactions 
in the Common Stock, which could severely limit the market price and 
liquidity of the Common Stock and the ability of purchasers in this offering 
to sell the Common Stock in the secondary market. 

   
   29. Potential Adverse Effect of Warrant Redemption. The Warrants are 
subject to redemption by the Company, upon the consent of the Underwriter, at 
any time commencing on      , 1997, upon notice of not less than 30 days, at 
a price of $.10 per Warrant, provided that the closing bid quotation of the 
Common Stock on all 30 trading days ending on the third day prior to the day 
on which the Company gives notice has been at least 150% (currently $7.50, 
subject to adjustment) of the then effective exercise price of the Warrants. 
Redemption of the Warrants could force the holders to exercise the Warrants 
and pay the exercise price at a time when it may be disadvantageous for the 
holders to do so, to sell the Warrants at the then current market price when 
they might otherwise wish to hold the Warrants, or to accept the redemption 
price, which is likely to be substantially less than the market value of the 
Warrants at the time of redemption. See "Description of Securities -- 
Redeemable Warrants." 

   30. Possible Inability to Exercise Warrants. The Company intends to 
qualify the sale of the Common Stock and the Warrants in a limited number of 
states. Although certain exemptions in the securities laws of certain states 
might permit the Warrants to be transferred to purchasers in states other 
than those in which the Warrants were initially qualified, the Company will 
be prevented from issuing Common Stock in such states upon the exercise of 
the Warrants unless an exemption from qualification is available or unless 
the issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants is qualified. The 
Company may decide not to seek or may not be able to obtain qualification of 
the issuance of such Common Stock in all of the states in which the ultimate 
purchasers of the Warrants reside. In such a case, the Warrants held by 
purchasers will expire and have no value if such Warrants cannot be sold. 
Accordingly, the market for the Warrants may be limited because of these 
restrictions. Further, a current prospectus covering the Common Stock 
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants must be in effect before the Company 
may accept Warrant exercises. There can be no assurance the Company will be 
able to have a prospectus in effect when this Prospectus is no longer 
current, notwithstanding the Company's commitment to use its best efforts to 
do so. See "Description of Securities -- Redeemable Warrants." 

   31. Shares Eligible for Future Sale. Upon the consummation of this 
offering, the Company will have 4,520,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding 
(assuming no exercise of the Warrants), of which 1,520,000 shares, consisting 
of the 1,300,000 shares offered hereby and, subject to certain contractual 
restrictions described below, the 220,000 shares being offered by the Selling 
Stockholders, will be freely tradeable without restriction or further 
registration under the Securities Act. All of the remaining 3,000,000 shares 
of Common Stock outstanding are "restricted securities", as that term is 
defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, and in the future 
may be sold only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 
Securities Act, in compliance with the exemption provisions of Rule 144 or 
pursuant to another exemption under the Securities Act. Of the 3,000,000 
restricted shares, an aggregate of 2,520,406 shares will be eligible for 
sale, without registration, under Rule 144 (subject to certain volume 
limitations prescribed by such rule and to the contractual restrictions 
described below), commencing March 1997. All of the Company's officers, 
directors and security holders (except for the holders of 9,776 shares of 
Common Stock) have agreed not to sell or dispose of any of their securities 
of the Company for a period of twelve months from the date of this Prospectus 
(subject to certain exceptions nine months from the date of this Prospectus) 
without the Underwriter's prior written consent. No prediction can be made as 
to the effect, if any, that sales of such securities or the availability of 
such securities for sale will have on the market prices prevailing from time 
to time. However, even the possibility that a substantial number of the 
Company's securities may be sold in the public market may adversely affect 
prevailing market prices for the Common Stock and Warrants and could impair 
the Company's ability to raise capital through the sale of its equity 
securities. See "Description of Securities." "Shares Eligible for Future 
Sale," "Underwriting" and "Selling Stockholders and Plan of Distribution." 

   32. Limitations of Liability of Directors and Officers. The Company's 
Certificate of Incorporation includes provisions to limit, to the full extent 
permitted by Delaware law, the personal liability of directors of the Company 
for monetary damages arising from a breach of their fiduciary duties as 
directors. The Certificate of Incorporation also includes provisions to the 
effect that (subject to certain exceptions) the Company shall, to 
    

                                      13 
<PAGE>

the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the law of the State of 
Delaware, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to, any director 
or officer to the extent permitted under such law as it may from time to time 
be in effect. In addition, the Company's By-Laws require the Company to 
indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any director, officer, 
employee or agent of the Company for acts which such person reasonably 
believes are not in violation of the Company's corporate purposes as set 
forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. As a result of such provisions in 
the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws of the Company, stockholders 
may be unable to recover damages against the directors and officers of the 
Company for actions taken by them which constitute negligence, gross 
negligence or a violation of their fiduciary duties, which may reduce the 
likelihood of stockholders instituting derivative litigation against 
directors and officers and may discourage or deter stockholders from suing 
directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company for breaches of 
their duty of care, even though such an action, if successful, might 
otherwise benefit the Company and its stockholders. See "Management -- 
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification." 

                               USE OF PROCEEDS 

   The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the securities offered 
hereby are estimated to be $5,307,000 ($6,172,215 if the Underwriter's 
over-allotment option is exercised in full). The Company expects to use the 
net proceeds over the twelve months following this offering approximately as 
follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Approximate      Approximate 
Application of Proceeds                                Dollar Amount     Percentage 
- -----------------------                               ---------------   ------------- 
<S>                                                   <C>               <C>
Van development(1)  ...............................     $2,000,000           37.7% 
Repayment of Bridge Notes(2)  .....................      1,120,000           21.1 
Repayment of bank indebtedness(3)  ................        507,000            9.6 
Marketing and promotion(4)  .......................        300,000            5.6 
Working capital and general corporate purposes(5) .      1,380,000           26.0 
                                                      ---------------   ------------- 
                                                        $5,307,000          100.0% 
                                                      ===============   ============= 
</TABLE>

- ------ 
(1) Represents anticipated costs associated with developing up to twenty 
    One-on-One vans equipped with video and computer equipment, consisting 
    primarily of personal computers, video cassette recorders, video cameras 
    and equipment and television monitors, during the twelve months following 
    the consummation of this offering. The Company anticipates that the 
    average cost to acquire a van and related equipment will be approximately 
    $110,000. The Company may seek to lease or finance rather than purchase 
    One-on-One vans and related equipment. See "Plan of Operation" and 
    "Proposed Business -- Marketing and Distribution." 

(2) Represents amounts to be used for the repayment of the entire $1,100,000 
    principal amount of the Bridge Notes and accrued interest thereon. The 
    Bridge Notes bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum and are repayable 
    on the earlier of the consummation of this offering or May 31, 1997. The 
    Company used the proceeds of the Bridge Financing principally in 
    connection with product and van design and development, payment of a 
    license fee and working capital. See "Plan of Operation." 

(3) Represents amounts to be used to repay outstanding principal and accrued 
    interest owed to the Bank. Such indebtedness currently bears interest at 
    the rate of 8.25% per annum and is repayable on or before December 31, 
    1996. The Company used the proceeds of such borrowings in connection with 
    product development and market testing activities. See "Plan of 
    Operation." 

(4) Represents anticipated costs associated with marketing and promotion, 
    including costs associated with public relations and advertising in trade 
    publications, attendance at trade shows and preparation of product 
    brochures. See "Proposed Business -- Marketing and Distribution." 

(5) Working capital will be used, among other things, to pay accrued salaries 
    since January 1, 1996 of approximately $112,500 to Messrs. Lubell and 
    Takefman, to pay salaries of its executive officers and license fees 
    pursuant to the Greg Norman License (which are anticipated to be $590,000 
    and $450,000, respectively, during the twelve months following the 
    consummation of this offering), to purchase furniture, fixtures and 
    equipment and to pay salaries of additional personnel, rent, trade 
    payables, professional fees and other operating expenses. See 
    "Management." 

                                      14 
<PAGE>

   If the Underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full, the 
Company will realize additional net proceeds of $865,000 which will be added 
to working capital. 

   Based on the Company's currently proposed plans and assumptions relating 
to the implementation of its business plan (including the timetable of, and 
costs associated with, product and van design and development and 
commercialization), the Company anticipates that the net proceeds of this 
offering will be sufficient to satisfy its contemplated cash requirements for 
at least twelve months following the consummation of this offering. In the 
event that the Company's plans change (due to changes in market conditions, 
competitive factors or new or different business opportunities that may 
become available in the future), its assumptions change or prove to be 
inaccurate or if the proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient to 
implement its business plan (due to unanticipated expenses, technical 
difficulties, problems or otherwise), the Company may find it necessary or 
desirable to reallocate a portion of the proceeds within the above described 
categories, use of proceeds for other purposes, seek additional financing or 
curtail its operations. There can be no assurance that any additional 
financing will be available to the Company on acceptable terms, or at all. 

   Proceeds not immediately required for the purposes described above will be 
invested principally in United States government securities, short-term 
certificates of deposit, money market funds or other short-term interest 
bearing investments. 

                                      15 
<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION 

   The difference between the public offering price per share of Common Stock 
and the net tangible book value per share after this offering constitutes the 
dilution to investors in this offering. Net tangible book value per share is 
determined by dividing the net tangible book value of the Company (total 
tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of outstanding shares 
of Common Stock. 

   At March 31, 1996, the net tangible book value of the Company was 
($230,816), or ($.08) per share. After giving retroactive effect to the 
Bridge Financing, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company at 
March 31, 1996 would be ($56,470), or ($.02) per share. After also giving 
effect to the sale of the 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock and 1,300,000 
Warrants being offered hereby and the receipt of the estimated net proceeds 
therefrom (less underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses 
of this offering), the as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value of the 
Company at March 31, 1996 would be approximately $4,896,184, or $1.08 per 
share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.10 
per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $3.92 (78.4%) 
per share to new investors. The following table illustrates the foregoing 
information with respect to dilution to new investors on a per share basis: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
 Initial public offering price  ..........................              $5.00 
     Net tangible book value before Bridge Financing  ...    $(.08) 
     Increase attributable to Bridge Financing  .........      .06 
                                                            -------- 
     Pro forma net tangible book value before offering  .    $(.02) 
     Increase attributable to investors in this offering .    1.10 
                                                            -------- 
Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value after offering                1.08 
                                                                       ------- 
Dilution to investors in this offering  .................               $3.92 
                                                                       ======= 

</TABLE>

   The following table sets forth, with respect to existing stockholders 
(including investors in the Bridge Financing) and new investors in this 
offering, a comparison of the number of shares of Common Stock acquired from 
the Company, the percentage of ownership of such shares, the total cash 
consideration paid, the percentage of total cash consideration paid and the 
average price per share. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Total Cash            
                            Shares Purchased          Consideration Paid         Average  
                        ------------------------   -------------------------    Price Per
                           Number       Percent       Amount       Percent        Share 
                         -----------   ---------    ------------   ---------   ----------- 
<S>                     <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>
Existing stockholders .   3,220,000       71.2%     $  738,046       10.2%        $  .23 
New investors  .......    1,300,000       28.8%     $6,500,000       89.8%        $5.00 
                         -----------   ---------    ------------   ---------   
  Total  .............    4,520,000      100.0%     $7,238,046      100.0% 
                         ===========   =========    ============   ========= 

</TABLE>

   The above table assumes no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment 
option. If such option is exercised in full, such investors will have paid 
$975,000 for 195,000 shares of Common Stock, representing approximately 11.9% 
of the total consideration for 4.1% of the total Common Stock outstanding. In 
addition, the above table also assumes no exercise of outstanding stock 
options or the Warrants. Upon consummation of this offering, there will be 
outstanding stock options to purchase an aggregate of 767,871 shares of 
Common Stock. See "Certain Transactions," "Description of Securities" and 
"Underwriting." 

                                      16 
<PAGE>

                                CAPITALIZATION 

   The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 1996, the capitalization 
of the Company (i) on an actual basis, as adjusted to give effect to the 
Recapitalization, (ii) on a pro forma basis giving effect to the consummation 
of the Bridge Financing in May 1996 and (iii) as further adjusted to give 
retroactive effect to the issuance and the sale of the Common Stock and 
Warrants offered hereby and anticipated application of the estimated net 
proceeds therefrom: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    March 31, 1996 
                                                    --------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                    Pro Forma As 
                                                        Actual       Pro Forma        Adjusted 
                                                     ------------   ------------    -------------- 
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>
Short term debt  .................................    $ 507,000      $1,272,654      $    -- 
                                                     ============   ============    ============== 
Stockholders' equity (deficit): 
     Common Stock, $0.01 par value: 
          20,000,000 shares authorized; 3,000,000 
             shares issued and outstanding (actual); 
             3,220,000 shares issued and outstanding 
             pro forma; 4,520,000 shares issued and 
             outstanding (pro forma as adjusted)(1)      30,000          32,200           45,200 
     Preferred Stock, 5,000,000 shares authorized; 
        none issued; none issued as adjusted. ....        --             --               -- 
     Additional paid-in capital  .................      385,460         717,606        6,011,606 
     Deficit accumulated during the development stage  (596,262)       (596,262)      (1,135,608)(2) 
                                                     ------------   ------------    -------------- 
     Total stockholders' equity (deficit)  .......     (180,802)        153,544        4,921,198 
                                                     ------------   ------------    -------------- 
Total capitalization  ............................    $(180,802)     $  153,544      $ 4,921,198 
                                                     ============   ============    ============== 
</TABLE>

- ------ 
(1) Does not include (i) 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for 
    issuance upon the exercise of the Warrants, (ii) an aggregate of 260,000 
    shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of the 
    Underwriter's Warrants and the warrants included therein, (iii) 767,871 
    shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of 
    outstanding options under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan (the 
    "Plan"), including up to 500,000 shares of Common Stock which may be 
    issued upon the exercise of options granted to Earl T. Takefman and Alan 
    L. Lubell, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of the 
    Company, respectively, subject to certain stock performance levels, and 
    (iv) 32,129 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the 
    exercise of options available for future grant under the Plan. See 
    "Management -- Employment and Consulting Agreements," "-- Stock Option 
    Plan," "Certain Transactions," "Description of Securities" and 
    "Underwriting." 

(2) Gives effect to a non-recurring charge of $539,346 relating to the Bridge 
    Financing. Does not give effect to a non-recurring charge of $600,000 
    relating to the transfer of Common Stock to Greg Norman pursuant to the 
    terms of the Greg Norman License which will be recorded in the 
    three-month period ending June 30, 1996. See Notes 2 and 9 to Financial 
    Statements. 

                                      17 
<PAGE>

                              PLAN OF OPERATION 

   The Company was organized in July 1994 and is in the development stage. 
Since its inception, the Company has been engaged principally in 
organizational activities, including developing a business plan, entering 
into the Greg Norman License, engaging in product development and market 
testing and undertaking preliminary activities for the commencement of 
operations. 

   The Company has not yet generated any operating revenues, other than 
limited revenues from market testing activities, and will not generate any 
meaningful revenues until after the Company successfully completes 
development of its proposed One-on-One videotapes and develops a number of 
One-on-One vans, which the Company does not anticipate will occur until 
several months following the consummation of this offering. For the period 
from July 15, 1994 (inception) to March 31, 1996, the Company incurred a 
cumulative net loss of $596,262. Since March 31, 1996, the Company has 
continued to incur losses and anticipates that it will continue to incur 
significant losses until, at the earliest, the Company generates sufficient 
revenues to offset the substantial up-front capital expenditures and 
operating costs (including salaries of executive officers) associated with 
developing and commercializing its proposed products. There can be no 
assurance that the Company will ever generate meaningful revenues or achieve 
profitable operations or that the Company's proposed products will be 
commercially viable. 

   Through March 31, 1996, the Company generated revenues of $11,115 from 
product sales during market testing activities and $125,000 from a 
non-refundable royalty payment pursuant to the terms of a distribution 
agreement with an unaffiliated third party relating to the territories of 
Australia, New Zealand and Indonesia. To date, a significant portion of the 
Company's expenses have consisted of general and administrative expenses, 
including costs associated with market testing, professional fees and travel. 
Since inception, the Company had capital expenditures of $671,177, consisting 
primarily of computer hardware and software as well as video production and 
equipment. See Financial Statements. 

   The Company will incur a non-recurring charge of approximately $539,000 
relating to the Bridge Financing upon the consummation of this offering. The 
Company will also incur a non-recurring charge of $600,000 relating to the 
transfer of Common Stock to Greg Norman pursuant to the terms of the Greg 
Norman License for the three-month period ending June 30, 1996. The Company's 
independent auditors have included an explanatory paragraph in their report 
on the Company's financial statements stating that the Company's losses and 
working capital and net capital deficiencies raise substantial doubt about 
its ability to continue as a going concern. This offering is an integral part 
of the Company's plan to continue as a going concern. See Financial 
Statements. 

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT 

   The Company's proposed plan of operation and prospects will be largely 
dependent upon the Company's ability to successfully complete development of 
production versions of its proposed One-on-One videotapes; hire and retain 
skilled technical, marketing and other personnel; establish and maintain 
satisfactory relationships with golf professionals at golf courses and 
driving ranges; successfully develop, equip and operate One-on-One vans on a 
timely and cost effective basis; and achieve significant market acceptance 
for its proposed products. 

   In 1995, the Company developed the software necessary to operate a video 
editing and videotape production process and an initial version of a 
right-handed, full swing videotape golf lesson. The Company intends to 
design, develop and test production versions of its proposed full swing 
One-on-One videotapes. The production versions are expected to provide 
enhanced pre-recorded instructional commentary and analysis of a golfer's 
swing at various club positions. The Company currently anticipates that, 
subject to Greg Norman's availability, it will script, film, edit and produce 
production videotapes of its proposed One-on-One lessons by late 1996. The 
Company will be required to commit considerable time, effort and resources to 
finalize development of production versions of One-on-One videotapes and 
adapt the editing and production functions of its software to its proposed 
products. 

   The Company currently does not have any personnel, other than its 
executive officers. The Company has engaged a Director of Software 
Development, who is expected to continue to enhance and adapt the Company's 

                                      18 
<PAGE>

software to the Company's proposed products. Additionally, the Company has 
engaged independent production companies to produce the Company's proposed 
One-on-One videos. The Company currently anticipates that Greg Norman will be 
available to film additional segments of the Company's videos in July 1996. 
See "Proposed Business -- Product Development." 

   In the event of successful completion of production versions of One-on-One 
videotapes, the Company anticipates that it will seek to enter selected 
target markets. The Company's objective is to develop mobile One-on-One vans 
equipped with video and personal computer equipment to market, promote and 
produce the Company's proposed products. Pursuant to its currently proposed 
plan of operation, the Company will seek to develop up to 20 One-on-One vans 
during the twelve months following the consummation of this offering. The 
Company is in the process of designing and developing the first of such vans 
and purchasing necessary equipment to produce personalized One-on-One 
videotape golf lessons. The Company anticipates that the average cost to 
acquire a van and purchase and install equipment in each van will be 
approximately $110,000. The Company will seek to engage the services of the 
logistic consulting division of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP to advise and assist 
the Company in connection with van development. In order to reduce the 
Company's up-front capital requirements associated with van development, the 
Company may seek to lease or finance rather than purchase a portion of its 
equipment. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain 
satisfactory equipment leasing or financing arrangements. See "Proposed 
Business -- Marketing and Distribution." 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

   The Company's primary capital requirements will be to fund the development 
of its proposed products, the purchase of the One-on-One vans and equipment 
and the Company's working capital requirements. The Company has historically 
financed its capital requirements through the issuance of equity and debt 
securities and bank borrowings. 

   In March 1995, an aggregate of 1,281,704, 1,159,636 and 488,268 shares of 
Common Stock, respectively, were acquired by Alan Lubell, Chairman of the 
Board of Directors and Vice President -- Product Development of the Company, 
Status-One Investments Inc. ("Status-One"), a company controlled by Earl T. 
Takefman, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Greenwich Properties, 
Inc. ("Greenwich"), a company controlled by Barry Minsky, a principal 
stockholder of the Company, for an aggregate consideration of $1,000. See 
"Certain Transactions." 

   Since its inception, the Company borrowed $191,750, $162,500 and $48,450, 
respectively, from Mr. Lubell, Status-One and Greenwich. In December 1995, 
these loans were contributed to the capital of the Company. See "Certain 
Transactions" and Financial Statements. 

   The Company borrowed an aggregate of $507,000 from the Bank, which is due 
and payable on December 31, 1996. Interest on the unpaid principal amount of 
the loan accrues at the reference rate established by the Bank from time to 
time (currently 8.25%). All of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral 
to secure such indebtedness and Earl T. Takefman, Alan Lubell and Barry 
Minsky, principal stockholders of the Company, have guaranteed and pledged 
personal assets in the form of letters of credit and certificates of deposit 
in the amounts of $354,400, $106,325 and $39,275, respectively, to secure 
such loan. The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds of this 
offering to repay such indebtedness, which will release the personal 
guarantees of Messrs. Takefman, Lubell and Minsky. See "Use of Proceeds" and 
"Certain Transactions." 

   On May 31, 1996, the Company consummated the Bridge Financing, pursuant to 
which it issued an aggregate of (i) $1,100,000 principal amount of Bridge 
Notes which bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum and are due on the 
earlier of the consummation of this offering or May 31, 1997 and (ii) 220,000 
shares of Common Stock. After the payment of $135,000 in placement fees and 
expenses to the Underwriter, which acted as placement agent for the Company 
in connection with the Bridge Financing and other offering expenses of 
approximately $50,000, the Company received net proceeds of approximately 
$915,000. The proceeds from the Bridge Financing were used for product 
development, the payment of a license fee of $150,000 under the Greg Norman 
License, the design and development of a One-on-One van and for working 
capital and general corporate purposes. See Note 2 to Notes to Financial 
Statements. 

   The capital requirements relating to the implementation of the Company's 
business plan will be significant. The Company is dependent on the proceeds 
of this offering to implement its proposed plan of operation. The 

                                      19 
<PAGE>

Company anticipates, based on currently proposed plans and assumptions 
relating to the implementation of its business plan (including the timetable 
of, and costs associated with, product van development and 
commercialization), that the proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to 
satisfy its contemplated cash requirements for at least twelve months 
following the consummation of this offering. In the event that the Company's 
plans change, the assumptions change or prove to be inaccurate or if the 
proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient to implement its business 
plan (due to unanticipated expenses, technical difficulties, problems or 
otherwise), the Company would be required to seek additional financing sooner 
than currently anticipated. There can be no assurance that the proceeds of 
this offering will be sufficient to permit the Company to meet its objective 
of developing a significant number of One-on-One vans to market, promote and 
produce the Company's proposed products or that any assumptions relating to 
the implementation of the Company's business plan will prove to be accurate. 
To the extent that the proceeds of this offering are not sufficient to enable 
the Company to generate meaningful revenues or achieve profitable operations, 
the inability to obtain additional financing will have a material adverse 
effect on the Company, including possibly requiring the Company to 
significantly curtail or cease its operations. 

   In addition, any implementation of the Company's business plan subsequent 
to the twelve month period following this offering or the development of 
additional products will require capital resources greater than the proceeds 
of this offering or otherwise currently available to the Company. The Company 
also may determine, depending upon the opportunities available to it, to seek 
additional debt or equity financing to fund the cost of continuing expansion. 
The extent that the Company finances expansion through the issuance of 
additional equity securities, any such issuance would result in dilution to 
the interests of the Company's stockholders. Additionally, to the extent that 
the Company incurs indebtedness or issues debt securities in connection with 
financing expansion activities, the Company will be subject to all of the 
risks associated with incurring substantial indebtedness, including the risks 
that interest rates may fluctuate and cash flow may be insufficient to pay 
principal and interest on any such indebtedness. There can be no assurance 
that any additional financing, particularly the significant amounts of 
financing that would be required if the Company is unable to secure 
satisfactory equipment leasing or financing arrangements, will be available 
to the Company on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. 

SEASONALITY 

   The Company's proposed business may be subject to seasonal factors, with a 
larger portion of sales generally expected to occur in certain geographic 
regions during the spring and summer months of each year. 

                                      20 
<PAGE>

                              PROPOSED BUSINESS 

   The Company, a development stage company, was organized to develop and 
market videotape golf lessons featuring personalized One-on-One instruction 
by leading professional golfer Greg Norman. The Company intends to sell its 
proposed products under the name One-on-One with Greg Norman.(TR) 

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW 

   Golf has become an increasingly popular form of sport in recent years. 
According to the National Golf Foundation, consumer spending on golf-related 
activities, including green fees, golf equipment and related merchandise, 
increased from approximately $12.7 billion in 1989 to approximately $15.1 
billion in 1994. The Company believes that this trend is due largely to the 
aging of the general population as well as baby boomers, whose income and 
leisure time spent on recreational activities have been increasing. According 
to the National Golf Foundation, golfers are generally well-educated, high 
income, young to middle-aged adult males, a target market with attractive 
demographics and significant spending power. Also, it is estimated that there 
are more female golfers enjoying the sport than ever before. 

   The number of golfers and golf courses and driving ranges has also 
increased and golf industry participants have sought to increase public 
awareness and provide greater access to golfers of all ages and income 
levels. According to the National Golf Foundation, there are approximately 
15,000 public and private courses and, according to the Golf Range and 
Recreational Association, 1,900 to 2,300 stand-alone driving ranges in the 
United States today. In addition, the National Golf Foundation has estimated 
that there are currently 1,850 golf courses under construction in the United 
States. It is also estimated that golfers spend approximately $440 million 
annually on golf lessons. The Company believes that golfers are motivated to 
continually improve their play and that video is an effective method of 
delivering instruction. The Company believes that the capabilities of its 
software, including its ability to produce instructional commentary by Greg 
Norman and synchronized, "split- screen" comparisons with Greg Norman's 
swing, coupled with consumer recognition and appeal of Greg Norman, 
differentiate the Company's proposed products from competing products and 
position the Company to capitalize on the growing popularity of golf. 

PROPOSED PRODUCTS 

   The Company's proposed One-on-One personalized videotape golf lesson 
analyzes a golfer's swing by comparing it to Greg Norman's swing at several 
different club positions from two camera angles using Greg Norman's 
pre-recorded instructional commentary and analysis and computer graphics to 
highlight important golf fundamentals intended to improve a golfer's 
performance. The Company's proposed products, through the use of synchronized 
"split-screen" comparisons to Greg Norman's swing, are being designed to 
enable golfers to make meaningful self-observations to improve their play. In 
each of the Company's proposed video golf lessons, Greg Norman will emphasize 
the importance of the relevant golf fundamental, comment on the golfer's 
execution of the fundamental and summarize the key fundamentals to remember. 
The Company's principal proposed products under development include the 
following right and left-handed, full swing personalized One-on-One golf 
lessons with Greg Norman: 

       o  Standard Lesson. The Company's standard golf lesson is being 
          designed for golfers of all skill levels. The Company plans to 
          develop three versions of such lesson, each focusing on a different 
          body type. 

       o  Advanced Lesson. The Company's advanced golf lesson is being 
          designed primarily for golfers who have taken the standard lesson 
          and lower handicap golfers. 

       o  Senior Lesson. The Company's senior lesson is intended for male and 
          female senior golfers who typically have more limited range of 
          motion. The Company expects that this lesson may also include a 
          professional senior golfer. 

       o  Female Lesson. The Company's female lesson is being designed for a 
          female golfer and may include a professional female golfer to 
          provide additional comparisons. 

                                      21 
<PAGE>

       o  Self-Comparison Video. The Company's self-comparison video lesson is 
          being designed to permit golfers to compare two swings taken at 
          different times to Greg Norman's swing to measure improvement or 
          deterioration through the use of triple "split-screen" video. The 
          Company anticipates that golfers will be able to store several 
          swings on a computer diskette which may be incorporated into a 
          self-comparison One-on-One video at any time. 

   The Company's proposed products are expected to sell for $39.95 to $59.95, 
except for the self-comparison video which is expected to sell for $19.95 to 
$29.95, and will be available on VHS videotape format. The Company also 
expects to make personalized video golf lessons available on CD-ROM. In 
addition, the Company plans to develop additional One-on-One video golf 
lessons, including short game lessons designed to focus on short iron play, 
chipping and pitching, sand play lessons and putting lessons. In the event 
the Company is able to meet its business objective, the Company believes that 
potential opportunities exist for the application of its One-on-One concept 
to the sports of bowling, tennis and baseball. There can be no assurance that 
the Company will be able to successfully develop any of its proposed 
products. 

RELATIONSHIP WITH GREG NORMAN 

   Greg Norman, currently the number one player in the world according to the 
SONY golfer ranking system, is a two-time British Open winner, was awarded 
the Varden Trophy for the lowest average score on the PGA Tour in 1989, 1990 
and 1994 and was named the 1995 PGA Player of the Year. The Company's 
proposed business and prospects are dependent upon the Company's continued 
association with Greg Norman. 

   Pursuant to a license agreement dated March 1, 1995, by and among the 
Company, Greg Norman and Great White Shark Enterprises, Inc. (the "Greg 
Norman License"), Greg Norman agreed to grant to the Company a worldwide 
license to use his name, likeness and endorsement in connection with the 
production and promotion of the Company's proposed products. Greg Norman also 
agreed to grant to the Company the right to use any trademarks owned by him 
(except for the "Shark" logo). The agreement provides that the continued use 
of the license by the Company is conditioned upon guaranteed payments 
aggregating $3.3 million during the three-year period commencing July 1, 1996 
(the "initial term") to be applied against a royalty equal to 8% of the 
Company's net revenues from product sales. "Net revenues" is defined as 
revenues less costs associated with discounts, allowances, payments to golf 
clubs, driving ranges or golf professionals, sales tax and returns, not to 
exceed 20% of product sales. 

   
   Under the agreement, the Company is required to make payments aggregating 
$600,000, $1,000,000 and $1,700,000, respectively, during each of the years 
commencing July 1, 1996, 1997 and 1998, whether or not the Company derives 
any revenues from product sales. Such annual payments are payable on a 
quarterly basis. The Company has the option to renew the agreement for two 
additional five-year periods. In the event of renewal, the Company is 
obligated to make guaranteed payments of $1,300,000 during the first year of 
any renewal term, increasing by $100,000 for each successive year. The 
Company used a portion of the proceeds of the Bridge Financing to make the 
first payment of $150,000 under the Greg Norman License, and satisfied all 
other conditions, prior to its due date on June 30, 1996. In connection with 
the agreement, in April 1996, Status-One, Greenwich and Mr. Lubell 
transferred an aggregate of 300,000 shares of Common Stock owned by them to 
Mr. Norman pursuant to an option held by Mr. Norman. 
    

   The Company has the right to require Greg Norman to be available, subject 
to his commitments to the PGA Tour and other golf tours and contractual 
commitments, to produce the Company's proposed products and make promotional 
appearances to market such products. Greg Norman is required to be available 
to the Company on three days, one day and two days during the first, second 
and third year, respectively, of the initial term, and two days during each 
year of any renewal term. In order to assist the Company in developing its 
proposed products, Greg Norman has agreed to make himself available, at a 
cost of $50,000 per day and subject to his schedule and convenience, for 
additional days in 1996 and 1997 for the purpose of filming personalized 
One-on-One golf video lessons. Greg Norman has the right to approve 
prototypes and finished products and related advertising and promotional 
materials and may withhold his consent under certain circumstances. The 
agreement also requires Greg Norman to make himself available for medical 
exams for the purpose of assisting the Company in obtaining up to $10 million 
in "key-man" insurance on his life. The Company has agreed to indemnify Greg 
Norman against any liability arising out of the Greg Norman License. 

                                      22 
<PAGE>

   The Greg Norman License prohibits Greg Norman from granting similar rights 
to any person with respect to any concept which is the same as or confusingly 
similar to the Company's concept or proposed products. "Products" means a 
videotape or CD-ROM or other similar medium that is given or sold to a 
consumer upon use of the concept in which Greg Norman's golf swing or any 
other golf professional's golf swing is compared to the user's golf swing 
using audio and video analysis of both swings. For purposes of the agreement, 
however, the self-instructional golf video product Better Golf featuring Greg 
Norman or any other form of golf instructional video or multi-media 
presentation for teaching golf techniques are not deemed to be the same as or 
confusingly similar to the Company's concept or proposed products. 

   Greg Norman may terminate the agreement in the event the Company fails to 
make any payment, breaches the agreement, is declared bankrupt or becomes 
insolvent, assigns its assets for the benefit of creditors, consents to the 
appointment of a receiver or trustee or winds up or ceases to carry on its 
business. The Company may terminate the agreement in the event Greg Norman 
dies, voluntarily enters a substance abuse program, commits an act that 
results in a criminal conviction damaging to his reputation or good will or 
breaches any material term of the agreement. 

   The Company may assign the agreement to an affiliated entity and enter 
into distribution agreements with third parties with respect to product 
sales. The Company has no right to sublicense its rights under the agreement 
to a third party without the prior consent of Greg Norman. 

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 

   In 1995, the Company developed the software necessary to operate a video 
editing and videotape production process and an initial version of a 
right-handed, full swing videotape golf lesson. The Company intends to 
design, develop and test production versions of its proposed full swing 
One-on-One videotapes. The production versions are expected to provide 
enhanced pre-recorded commentary and analysis of a golfer's swing at various 
club positions. The Company currently anticipates that, subject to Greg 
Norman's availability, it will script, film, edit and produce its proposed 
One-on-One videos by late 1996. The Company intends to engage independent 
production companies to produce the Company's proposed videotapes. The 
Company currently anticipates that Greg Norman will be available to film 
additional segments of the Company's videos in July 1996. The Company 
allocated approximately $350,000 of the proceeds of the Bridge Financing for 
video production. 

   To date, the Company has focused its efforts on developing computer 
software which digitally combines actual video footage of a golfer's swing 
with a synchronized "split-screen" comparison to Greg Norman's golf swing to 
produce a 45-minute One-on-One videotape golf lesson. The Company's software 
was developed on behalf of the Company by Thomas Peters, Director of Software 
Development of the Company. Mr. Peters has entered into a confidentiality 
agreement with the Company, has agreed, pursuant to his employment agreement, 
to devote all of his business time to the Company's affairs and has assigned 
to the Company all of his right, title and interest in and to any invention 
relating to or used in connection with the Company's One-on-One products 
which he developed while engaged by the Company. Mr. Peters has independently 
developed additional software features for Smart View ("Smart View"), a 
company he controls which the Company is evaluating and may elect to license 
for use in connection with its One-on-One products. Such features would 
provide the ability to size and superimpose a golfer's image onto that of 
Greg Norman. The Company anticipates that following the consummation of this 
offering, Mr. Peters will continue to devote his efforts to enhance and adapt 
the editing and videotape production functions of the Company's software to 
its proposed products. The Company allocated $75,000 of the proceeds of the 
Bridge Financing for product development. 

   The Company will be required to commit considerable time, effort and 
resources to finalize development of production versions of its proposed 
One-on-One videotapes and adapt the editing and videotape production 
functions of its software to its proposed products. There can be no assurance 
that any of the Company's product development efforts will be successful. 

MARKET TESTING 

   In September 1995, the Company conducted preliminary market testing of its 
initial version of the right- handed, full swing videotape golf lesson at a 
public driving range in New York where approximately 175 golf- 

                                      23 
<PAGE>

ers used the One-on-One concept at no charge. Each of the 175 market test 
participants was asked to complete a two-page questionnaire after reviewing 
their videotape to solicit evaluations, recommendations, criticisms and 
comments. Of the approximate 120 responses received by the Company, 
approximately 55% rated the video golf lesson excellent and approximately 34% 
rated it above average. 

   Based on favorable consumer reaction to the initial version of the 
Company's video golf lesson, in November and December 1995 the Company 
engaged in expanded market testing activities at various public and private 
golf courses, driving ranges and retailers in Florida and California, 
including the PGA National Golf Course, during which a limited number of 
videotapes were sold. The market tests were intended to provide information 
on the product's acceptance among golfers and to test the technical aspects 
of the Company's video editing and production process. The Company circulated 
a limited number of questionnaires and conducted on-site interviews to 
solicit consumer feedback used to develop a preliminary marketing strategy. 
The Company believes that the results from market testing indicate that the 
Company's video editing and videotape production process is effective in 
commercial applications and that its proposed products will have strong 
appeal to golfers. The Company does not currently expect to conduct any 
additional market testing activities. 

MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION 

   Marketing Strategy 

   In the event of successful completion of production versions of One-on-One 
videotapes, the Company anticipates that it will seek to enter selected 
target markets. The Company's primary marketing strategy is to sell 
One-on-One videotapes on a prearranged basis to various organizers of amateur 
corporate, charity and member golf tournaments (who typically offer gifts to 
tournament participants) and golf professionals at private and daily fee golf 
courses and driving ranges. 

   Target Markets 

   The Company expects that its primary target markets will include: 

   Amateur Golf Tournaments. The Company believes that private and public 
golf courses present a significant opportunity to sell personalized 
One-on-One videotape golf lessons. The Company intends to target private and 
public golf courses which host corporate, charity and member tournaments and 
typically offer gifts such as golf umbrellas, golf bag towels, golf balls or 
golf shirts to tournament participants. The Company believes there is a 
significant opportunity for product and promotional "tie-ins" with potential 
corporate sponsors. 

   Golf Courses and Golf Professionals. The Company intends to focus its 
marketing efforts on golf professionals at private and public golf courses. 
The Company believes that golf professionals will be willing to use the 
Company's proposed products as instructional tools to enhance the marketing 
and quality of golf lessons given to their students. 

   Driving Ranges. The Company has identified driving ranges as a potentially 
significant market for the Company's proposed One-on-One videotapes. Driving 
ranges generally conduct a substantial portion of their business during the 
evenings and on weekends. The Company intends to market its proposed products 
at driving ranges during evening hours to complement its marketing efforts to 
private and public golf courses during the daytime. 

   Other Potential Markets. The Company also believes that travel agents who 
plan golf trips, golf specialty shops and sporting goods retailers and 
professional golf tournaments are also potential markets for the Company's 
proposed products. 

   Distribution Strategy 

   The Company's objective is to develop mobile One-on-One vans equipped with 
video and personal computer equipment to market, promote and produce the 
Company's proposed products. The Company will seek to position such vans in 
selected geographic areas that will serve golf courses and driving ranges 
throughout the United States, initially Florida, the Carolinas and 
California. The Company anticipates that initially such geographic areas will 
include Palm Beach, Boca Raton, Miami, Fort Lauderdale, Jacksonville, 
Orlando, Tampa, Naples, Fort Myers, Sarasota, Tallahassee, Pensacola, as well 
as Hilton Head and Myrtle Beach and, thereafter, selected areas in Southern 
California. 

                                      24 
<PAGE>

   One-on-One Van Development 

   The Company has allocated approximately $125,000 of the proceeds of the 
Bridge Financing to develop and customize its first One-on-One van and to 
purchase certain equipment necessary to produce personalized One-on-One video 
golf lessons, and intends to use $2,000,000 of the proceeds of this offering 
to develop up to 20 additional fully-equipped vans during the twelve months 
following the consummation of this offering. The Company expects that the 
costs associated with developing a customized One-on-One van will be 
approximately $35,000. The Company will seek to engage the logistics 
consulting division of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP to advise and assist the Company 
in identifying and evaluating van specifications, procurement and lease 
arrangements, maintenance contracts, security and warranty arrangements. 

   The Company currently estimates that the average cost to acquire and 
install equipment in each van will be approximately $75,000, including video 
equipment (cameras, tripods, lens, filters, splitters, small television 
monitor, lighting and accessories); input equipment (computer and video 
cassette recorder); and output equipment (computers, output video cassette 
recorders, scan converters, a television monitor and accessories). 

   In order to reduce the Company's up-front capital requirements associated 
with van development, the Company may seek to lease or finance rather than 
purchase a portion of its equipment. There can be no assurance that the 
Company will be able to obtain satisfactory leasing or financing 
arrangements. 

   Strategic Relationships 

   The Company may also seek to enter into strategic relationships with third 
parties relating to product marketing and distribution. Potential marketing 
partners may include golf industry participants, such as organizers of golf 
tournaments and companies that offer hole-in-one insurance. 

   In November 1995, the Company entered into a distribution agreement with 
Visual Edge Systems Australia Pty. Ltd. ("Vesa"), an unaffiliated third 
party, pursuant to which the Company granted to Vesa the exclusive right to 
distribute One-on-One products in Australia, New Zealand and Indonesia. In 
connection with the agreement and upon delivery of the Company's initial 
version of its product, the Company received a non-refundable payment of 
$125,000 to be applied against future royalties, and is entitled to receive a 
royalty of $5.00 for each videotape sold. During the second and third years 
of the agreement, the Company is entitled to receive aggregate guaranteed 
royalties of $700,000. In addition, the agreement provides for certain profit 
sharing arrangements. 

   The Company has not yet commenced any significant marketing activities and 
has limited marketing and technical experience and limited financial, 
personnel and other resources to independently undertake extensive marketing 
activities. The Company's strategy and preliminary and future marketing plans 
may be subject to change as a result of a number of factors, including 
progress or delays in the Company's marketing efforts, changes in market 
conditions (including the emergence of potentially significant related market 
segments), the nature of possible license and distribution arrangements which 
may become available to it in the future and competitive factors. There can 
be no assurance that the Company's strategy will result in successful product 
commercialization or that the Company's efforts will result in initial or 
continued market acceptance for the Company's proposed products. 

PRODUCTION 

   The Company's proposed One-on-One products are made possible by relatively 
recent advancements in the capabilities of affordable desktop personal 
computers to process, manipulate and edit digital video information. Creation 
of a One-on-One videotape involves videotaping a golfers' swing, editing and 
production of a videotape. Videotaping involves the operation of video 
equipment, including three cameras, a small television monitor, a splitter 
(to provide a "split-screen" image), a video cassette recorder and power 
supply. Editing involves the use of a computer and monitor, a scan converter 
and video cassette recorder and consists of digitizing the videotape and 
synchronizing and sizing the golfer's swing to Greg Norman's swing and 
identifying key clubhead and body positions. In the final videotape 
production stage, the Company's software scans the videotape to the first 
blank segment where it records a "split-screen" image of Greg Norman and the 
golfer at similar club positions. Using pre-recorded film and audio footage 
stored in the computer's memory, the software creates computer graphics 
designed to illustrate comparisons to Greg Norman's swing and chooses 
appropriate verbal 

                                      25 
<PAGE>

instructions and analytical comments from Greg Norman. The Company 
anticipates that a Company employee will operate videotaping equipment at the 
first tee, driving range or other suitable location to videotape a golfer's 
swing which would be edited inside the One-on-One van to create a 
personalized video golf lesson in approximately 25 minutes. 

COMPETITION 

   The Company will face intense competition for a finite amount of consumer 
discretionary spending from numerous other businesses in the golf industry 
and related market segments. The Company will compete with numerous other 
products and services which provide golf instruction, including instructional 
golf videotapes, golf software used to analyze golf swings and golf courses, 
golf schools and professionals who offer video golf lessons, which may be 
less expensive or provide other advantages to consumers. 

   Various instructional golf videotapes currently being marketed by leading 
golf professionals and instructors such as Jack Nicklaus, Tom Kite, Nick 
Faldo, David Leadbetter, Jim McLean and Greg Norman, including Better Golf 
and Shark Attack, among others, featuring Greg Norman, have achieved 
significant national, regional and local consumer recognition. These products 
are marketed by companies with substantially greater financial, marketing, 
distribution, personnel and other resources than the Company, permitting such 
companies to implement extensive advertising and promotional campaigns, both 
generally and in response to efforts by additional competitors to enter into 
new markets. 

   In addition, certain companies offer both hardware and software to golf 
professionals for use in connection with golf lessons. Such companies include 
Astar, Inc., Vivid Visions, Inc. and Golf Training Systems, Inc. The Company 
believes that such companies offer hardware and software at prices ranging 
from $4,500 to $20,000. Certain companies also offer computer software to 
permit a golfer to analyze a golf swing, such as David Leadbetter's 
ComputerCoach, which sells at a price of $59.95. 

   The instructional golf video segment of the industry has no substantial 
barriers to entry and, consequently, the Company expects that other companies 
which have developed software technologies may seek to enter into the 
Company's target markets and compete directly against the Company. There can 
be no assurance that other companies are not developing or will not seek to 
develop similar products. 

   The Greg Norman License prohibits Greg Norman from granting similar rights 
to any person with respect to any concept which is the same as or confusingly 
similar to the Company's concept or proposed products. Notwithstanding this 
prohibition, the self-instructional golf video product known as Better Golf 
featuring Greg Norman or any other form of golf instructional video or 
multi-media presentation for teaching golf techniques are not deemed the same 
as or confusingly similar to the Company's concept or proposed products. 
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete 
successfully. 

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION 

   The Company has filed a patent application with the United States Patent 
and Trademark Office covering certain aspects of its digital video editing 
and production process. There can be no assurance, however, as to the breadth 
or degree of protection which patents may afford the Company, that any patent 
applications will result in issued patents or that patents will not be 
circumvented or invalidated. Rapid technological developments in the computer 
software industry results in extensive patent filings and a rapid rate of 
issuance of new patents. Although the Company believes that its proposed 
products do not and will not infringe patents or violate proprietary rights 
of others, the Company has not conducted any investigation, to determine 
whether its proposed products infringe patents or violate proprietary rights 
of others, and it is possible that infringement of existing or future patents 
or proprietary rights of others have occurred or may occur. In the event the 
Company's proposed products infringe patents or proprietary rights of others, 
the Company may be required to modify the design of its proposed products or 
obtain a license. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to 
do so in a timely manner, upon acceptable terms and conditions or at all. The 
failure to do any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect upon 
the Company. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company will 
have the financial or other resources necessary to enforce or defend a patent 
infringement action and the Company could, under certain circumstances, 
become liable for damages, which also could have a material adverse effect on 
the Company. 

                                      26 
<PAGE>

   The Company intends to rely on proprietary processes and to employ various 
methods to protect the concepts, ideas and documentation of its proposed 
products. However, such methods may not afford complete protection and there 
can be no assurance that others will not independently develop such processes 
or obtain access to the Company's proprietary processes, ideas and 
documentation. Furthermore, although the Company intends to enter into 
confidentiality agreements with its employees, there can be no assurance that 
such arrangements will adequately protect the Company. 

   The Company has filed a trademark application with the United States 
Patent and Trademark Office, on behalf of Greg Norman, for the mark 
One-on-One with Greg Norman(TR) and may use this mark, as well as all other 
trademarks owned by Greg Norman (except the "Shark" logo) in connection with 
the marketing of its products. The Company's rights in these marks may be a 
significant part of the Company's proposed business. The Company is not aware 
of any claims or infringement or other challenges to the Company's rights to 
use these marks. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

   The Company has no pending legal proceedings. 

EMPLOYEES 

   
   Other than the Company's executive officers, the Company has no employees.
The Company anticipates, depending upon its level of business activities, that
it will hire approximately ten additional office personnel, including
administrative personnel, during the 12 months following this offering. The
Company currently estimates that the salaries of the Company's executive
officers and such additional personnel during such period will be approximately
$1,080,000. In addition, the Company expects to employ approximately two to four
operators per van, as each van is deployed, at an approximate annual cost of
$30,000 per person. See "Management."
    

PROPERTY 

   
   The Company's executive offices are located in approximately 200 square feet
of office space in New York, New York. Such space is being provided to the
Company by Alan Lubell, its Chairman of the Board and Vice President-Product
Development, at no cost. The Company intends to relocate its executive offices
to South Florida following the completion of this offering. The Company
currently anticipates that a new location will provide it with approximately
3,500 square feet of office space at an annual expense of approximately $56,000.
See "Certain Transactions."
    

                                      27 
<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

   The following are the directors and executive officers of the Company: 

       Name           Age     Position 
- -----------------    -----    ----------------------------------------------- 
Earl T. Takefman .     46     Chief Executive Officer and Director 
                              Chairman of the Board, Vice President -- Product 
Alan L. Lubell  ..     57      Development and Director 
Richard Parker*  .     35     Chief Operating Officer 
Ami Trauber*  ....     56     Chief Financial Officer 
Thomas Peters  ...     51     Director of Software Development 
Frank Williams*  .     55     Director 
Eddie Einhorn*  ..     60     Director 
Mark Hershhorn*  .     48     Director 

- ------ 
*  Nominee whose appointment is to become effective upon consummation of this 
   offering. 

   Earl T. Takefman, a co-founder of the Company, has been Chief Executive 
Officer of the Company since March 1995. Prior to founding the Company, Mr. 
Takefman was Co-Chief Executive Officer of SLM International, Inc. ("SLM"), a 
publicly traded toy and sporting goods company, from December 1989 to August 
1994. SLM filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code 
in October 1995. From 1980 to 1989, prior to joining SLM, Mr. Takefman was 
Chief Operating Officer of Charan Industries ("Charan"), a publicly traded 
Canadian toy and sporting goods company. Mr. Takefman also currently serves 
as a consultant to National Media Corporation of Philadelphia ("National 
Media"), a publicly traded company which is a producer of infomercials, in 
the area of new product development. Mr. Takefman received a Bachelor of 
Architecture degree in 1971 and a Masters of Business Administration degree 
from McGill University in Montreal, Canada in 1973. 

   Alan L. Lubell, a co-founder of the Company, has been Chairman of the 
Board of the Company since July 1994 and Vice President -- Product 
Development since May 1996. Prior to founding the Company, Mr. Lubell had 
been an entrepreneur in the area of sports television. From 1977 to July 
1994, Mr. Lubell served as President of Marathon Entertainment, a sports 
television company which he founded that created many events and programs 
that were sold to television stations and networks and national advertisers. 
Among the events developed, packaged and produced by Marathon Entertainment 
was the New York City Marathon. Mr. Lubell received a Bachelor of Science 
degree in marketing from New York University in 1960. 

   Richard Parker has been appointed as Chief Operating Officer, effective 
upon the completion of this offering. Since February 1990, Mr. Parker has 
been the founder, owner and president of Diomo Marketing Inc. and Devrew 
Merchandising Inc., companies engaged in marketing and selling consumer 
products in Canada. From August 1984 to February 1990, Mr. Parker held 
various positions, including Vice President, at Charan. Mr. Parker graduated 
from Vanier College in Montreal in 1980. 

   Ami Trauber has been appointed as Chief Financial Officer, effective upon 
completion of this offering. Since 1991, Mr. Trauber has been President and 
Chief Operating Officer of Ed's West, Inc., a designer and importer of 
headwear and other licensed apparel. From 1978 until 1990, Mr. Trauber was 
Corporate Vice President -- Finance and Controller of Harcourt General, Inc., 
a conglomerate. From 1976 to 1978, Mr. Trauber was Corporate Vice President 
and Controller of Hertz Corporation. Mr. Trauber received a Bachelor of 
Science degree from the University of Connecticut in 1965 and graduated from 
the Harvard Business School Advanced Management Program in 1982. 

   Thomas Peters has been Director of Software Development of the Company 
since May 1996. Since July 1992, Mr. Peters has been the owner of Smart View 
("Smart View"), a company he founded to design and develop computer golf 
software to be used by golf professionals when giving video golf lessons. 
Since March 1995, Smart View has been engaged as an independent consultant to 
the Company and is principally responsible for the development of the 
software used in the Company's proposed products. Smart View also has 
developed operating systems used by the Golf Academy at PGA National and at 
the Doral Golf Learning Center, each in Florida. Prior to founding Smart 
View, Mr. Peters, for 26 years, held various positions at International 
Business 

                                      28 
<PAGE>

Machines Corporation, including Manager of Application Development from July 
1989 to July 1992 and Personal Computer Product Planning Manager from 1984 to 
1989. Mr. Peters graduated from Harper College at University of New York in 
1967, with a B.A. in mathematics. 

   Frank Williams will become a director of the Company upon completion of 
this offering. Mr. Williams has been the Managing Director of Great White 
Shark Enterprises, Inc. ("Great White Shark") since January 1993. From 1988 
to January 1993, Mr. Williams served as a General Manager of the Australian 
division of International Management Group, a company engaged in representing 
athletes and producing sports programming. From 1978 to 1988, Mr. Williams 
was Managing Director and a co-founder of the Australian Masters Golf 
Tournament. 

   Eddie Einhorn will become a director of the Company upon completion of 
this offering. Mr. Einhorn currently serves, and has served for the past five 
years, as Vice-Chairman of the Chicago White Sox baseball team franchise. 
Prior to being appointed Vice-Chairman, he served the franchise as its 
President and Chief Operating Officer from 1981 to 1991. Mr. Einhorn is a 
member of the Major League Baseball Schedule Format Committee, the 
Professional Baseball Association Committee, and was a member of the 
Television Committee from 1992 to 1995. In 1989, Mr. Einhorn was appointed 
television consultant to the United States Olympic Committee. He is currently 
a television consultant for the United States Figure Skating Association and 
the International Skating Union, the governing bodies for figure skating 
throughout the world. Mr. Einhorn also serves on the Board of Directors of 
the Chicago Bulls basketball team of the National Basketball Association. 
Prior to 1981, Mr. Einhorn was executive producer of CBS Sports Spectacular, 
where he was awarded an Emmy Award in 1980. Mr. Einhorn holds a Bachelor's 
degree from the University of Pennsylvania and is a graduate of Northwestern 
University School of Law. 

   Mark Hershhorn will become a director of the Company upon completion of 
this offering. Mr. Hershhorn currently serves and has served since November 
1994 as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director of National 
Media Corporation of Philadelphia, a publicly-traded worldwide infomercial 
company, and as Chairman of the Board of its international subsidiary, 
Quantum International, Inc. From August 1994 to November 1994, Mr. Hershhorn 
acted as President and Chief Operating Officer of National Media. Mr. 
Hershhorn was President and Chief Operating Officer of Buckeye 
Communications, a publicly traded corporation, from June 1993 to August 1994 
and of National Media from December 1991 to April 1993. From 1990 to December 
1991, Mr. Hershhorn was a Senior Vice President of Food Marketing for 
Nutri-Systems Inc., a diet food company. Prior to joining Nutri-Systems, he 
held various positions at the Franklin Mint, including Chief Financial 
Officer, Treasurer, Vice President and director, from 1985 to 1990. Mr. 
Hershhorn received a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics Rutgers University 
and a Masters of Business Administration degree from the Wharton School of 
Business at the University of Pennsylvania. He currently serves as a member 
of the Wharton School Graduate Executive Board and as a member of the 
Executive Committee of the National Infomercial Marketing Associations. 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

   All directors currently hold office until the next annual meeting of 
stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The 
Company reimburses directors for reasonable travel expenses incurred in 
connection with their activities on behalf of the Company but does not 
currently pay its directors any fees for attending Board meetings. The 
Company has granted to its non-employee directors options to purchase 5,000 
shares of Common Stock and such directors will receive annual option grants 
to purchase 2,500 shares of Common Stock. See "Stock Option Plan." 

   Audit Committee. Upon the consummation of this offering, the Company will 
establish an Audit Committee of the Board of Directors consisting of at least 
two directors who are not employees of the Company. It is currently 
anticipated that Messrs. Einhorn and Hershhorn will comprise the Audit 
Committee. Audit Committee members will meet regularly with the Company's 
financial management and independent auditors to review the results of their 
examination, the scope of audits and their opinions on the adequacy of 
internal controls and quality of financial reporting. 

   Compensation Committee. Upon the consummation of this offering, the 
Company will establish a Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors 
consisting of at least two directors who are not employees of the Company. It 
is currently anticipated that Messrs. Hershhorn and Williams will comprise 
the Compensation Com- 

                                      29 
<PAGE>

mittee. The Committee will make recommendations to the Board of Directors 
concerning the salaries of all elected officers. In addition, the 
Compensation Committee will administer the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan 
and determine the amounts of, and the individuals to whom, awards shall be 
made thereunder. See "Stock Option Plan." 

   The Company has agreed, for a period of three years from the date of the 
Prospectus, if so requested by the Underwriter, to nominate and use its best 
efforts to elect a designee of the Underwriter as a director of the Company 
or, at the Underwriter's option, as a non-voting advisor to the Company's 
Board of Directors. The Underwriter has not yet exercised its right to 
designate such a person. See "Underwriting." 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

   
   Since its inception, the Company has not paid any salaries, bonuses, 
long-term compensation (through plans or otherwise) or any other form of 
compensation to any of its executive officers. Salaries owing since January 
1, 1996 under the Company's employment agreements with Messrs. Takefman and 
Lubell will be paid with a portion of the proceeds of this offering. The 
Company has not paid, and will not pay, any compensation to any executive 
officer for periods prior to January 1, 1996 and no non-salary compensation 
has accrued or will accrue with respect to any executive officer from 
January 1, 1996 through the consummation of this offering. See "Employment
Agreements." 
    

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS 

   
   Effective January 1, 1996, the Company entered into a three-year 
employment agreement with Earl T. Takefman, the Chief Executive Officer of 
the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Takefman is entitled to receive a 
base salary of $150,000 per annum, subject to increase to $200,000 in July 
1997 and $250,000 in July 1998 if the Company achieves pre-tax earnings of $2 
million and $4 million in the prior 12-month periods, respectively. The 
agreement also provides for additional compensation in the amount of 5% of 
pre-tax earnings of the Company in each year if the Company achieves pre-tax 
earnings of at least $3 million and $5 million in fiscal 1997 and 1998, 
respectively. In addition, pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Takefman shall 
receive the Executive Options upon the consummation of this offering. Of the 
Executive Options, 150,000 options will vest and become exercisable at $5.00 
per share if the market price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $10.00 
per share for at least five consecutive trading days during the 18-month 
period following the completion of this offering and 100,000 of the Executive 
Options will vest and become exercisable at $5.00 per share if the trading 
price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share for at least 
five consecutive trading days during the 30-month period following completion 
of this offering. The agreement is automatically renewed for additional 
one-year periods unless Mr. Takefman or the Company provides notice to the 
other of its termination. In the event that Mr. Takefman is terminated 
without cause, he will be entitled to receive as severance the amount of his 
base salary for the lesser of one year or the remaining term of the 
agreement. 
    

   Effective January 1, 1996, the Company entered into a three-year 
employment agreement with Alan L. Lubell, the Chairman of the Board and Vice 
President -- Product Development of the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, 
Mr. Lubell is entitled to receive a base salary of $75,000 per annum, subject 
to increase to $100,000 in July 1997 and $125,000 in July 1998 if the Company 
achieves pre-tax earnings of $2 million and $4 million in the prior 12-month 
periods, respectively. In addition, Mr. Lubell shall have the right to 
receive a bonus based on the Company's performance, as determined by the 
Board of Directors, and the Executive Options on the same terms and subject 
to the same conditions as Mr. Takefman. The agreement is automatically 
renewed for additional one-year periods unless Mr. Lubell or the Company 
provides notice to the other of its termination. In the event Mr. Lubell is 
terminated without cause, he will be entitled to receive as severance the 
amount of his base salary for six months. 

   Effective upon the completion of this offering, the Company will enter 
into an employment agreement with Richard Parker, pursuant to which Mr. 
Parker will serve as the Chief Operating Officer of the Company. Mr. Parker 
will receive a base salary of $150,000 per annum, subject to increase to 
$175,000 in 1998 if the Company achieves pre-tax earnings during 1997. Mr. 
Parker will be eligible to receive a bonus based on the Company's 
performance, as determined by the Board of Directors. The agreement will 
expire on December 31, 1998 but will automatically be renewed annually unless 
terminated by one or both of the parties. If Mr. Parker is terminated without 
cause, he will be entitled to receive as severance the amount of his base 
salary for the lesser of six months or the remaining term of the agreement. 

                                      30 
<PAGE>

   Effective upon completion of this offering, the Company will enter into an 
employment agreement with Ami Trauber, pursuant to which Mr. Trauber will 
serve as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Mr. Trauber will receive 
a base salary of $150,000 per annum, subject to increase to $175,000 in 1998 
if the Company achieves pre-tax earnings during 1997. Mr. Trauber will be 
eligible to receive a bonus based on the Company's performance, as determined 
by the Board of Directors. The agreement will expire on December 31, 1998, 
but will automatically be renewed for one additional year unless terminated 
by one or both of the parties, provided that either party may terminate the 
agreement, without cause, on or before December 31, 1996. If Mr. Trauber is 
terminated without cause, he will be entitled to receive as severance the 
amount of his then base salary for the lesser of six months or the remaining 
term of the agreement. 

   
   Since March 1995, Thomas Peters and Smart View have been engaged to act as
independent consultants to the Company in the area of software development, and
are principally responsible for the development of the software used in the
Company's proposed products. Mr. Peters has been paid an aggregate of $91,525 in
connection with services rendered for the period from March 1995 through April
30, 1996 and received 9,155 shares of Common Stock. As of May 1, 1996, the
Company entered into a two-year employment agreement with Thomas Peters,
pursuant to which Mr. Peters serves the Company, as Director -- Software
Development. Mr. Peters is entitled to receive a base salary of $65,000 in the
first year of the agreement and $75,000 in the second year. Pursuant to the
agreement, Mr. Peters will also be eligible to receive a bonus based on the
Company's performance, as determined by the Board of Directors. The agreement is
automatically renewed for additional one-year periods unless Mr. Peters or the
Company provides notice to the other of its termination. In the event that Mr.
Peters is terminated without cause, he will be entitled to receive as severance
the amount of his base salary for three months. Mr. Peters has entered into a
confidentiality agreement with the Company, has agreed, pursuant to his
employment agreement, to devote all of his business time to the Company's
affairs and has assigned to the Company all of his right, title and interest in
and to any invention relating to or used in connection with the Company's
One-on-One products which he developed while engaged by the Company.
    

STOCK OPTION PLAN 

   In April 1996, the Board of Directors and the Company's stockholders 
approved the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). The purpose of 
the Plan is to provide directors, officers and key employees of, and 
consultants to, the Company with additional incentives by increasing their 
ownership interests in the Company. Directors, officers and other key 
employees of the Company are eligible to participate in the Plan. Awards may 
also be granted to consultants providing valuable services to the Company. In 
addition, individuals who have agreed to become a key employee of or a 
consultant to the Company are eligible for option grants, conditional in each 
case on actual employment or consultant status. Awards of options to purchase 
Common Stock may include incentive stock options ("ISOs") and/or 
non-qualified stock options ("NQSOs"). 

   The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to 
outstanding options, determined immediately after the grant of any option, is 
equal to the greater of 800,000 shares (reduced by the number of Executive 
Options not granted or, if granted, forfeited in accordance with their terms) 
or 12% of the aggregate number of shares of the Company's Common Stock 
outstanding, provided, however, that options to purchase no more than 300,000 
shares of Common Stock may be granted as ISOs. 

   The Board of Directors intends, upon consummation of this offering, to 
establish a Compensation Committee, consisting of two or more directors who 
qualify as disinterested persons within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), to 
administer the Plan. The Compensation Committee will generally have 
discretion to determine the terms of an option grant, including the number of 
option shares, option price, term, vesting schedule, the post-termination 
exercise period, and whether the grant will be an ISO or NQSO. 
Notwithstanding this discretion: (i) the number of shares subject to options 
granted to any individual in any calendar year may not exceed 250,000; (ii) 
the option price per share of Common Stock may not be less than 100% of the 
market value of such share at the time of grant (or 110% if granted as an ISO 
to a 10% or more stockholder); (iii) the term of any option may not exceed 10 
years (unless granted as an ISO to a 10% or more stockholder, which term may 
not exceed five years); and (iv) an option may terminate upon a grantee's 
termination of employment for cause. In addition, unless otherwise specified 
by the Compensation Committee, all outstanding options vest upon a "change in 
control" of the Company (as defined in the Plan), and all options will 
terminate three months following any termination of employment. 

                                      31 
<PAGE>

   The Plan also provides for automatic option grants to directors who are 
not otherwise employed by the Company. Upon commencement of service (or upon 
agreeing to serve in the case of the initial non-employee directors), a 
non-employee director will receive a nonqualified option to purchase 5,000 
shares of Common Stock, and continuing non-employee directors will receive 
annual options to purchase 2,500 shares of Common Stock. Options granted to 
non-employee directors become exercisable one-third on the date of grant and 
one- third on each of the next two anniversaries of the date of grant. 
Non-employee directors' options have a term of five years from the date of 
grant. Upon consummation of this offering, Messrs. Williams, Einhorn and 
Herschhorn will each receive options to purchase 5,000 shares of Common 
Stock. 

   The Plan will remain in effect until terminated by the Board of Directors. 
The Plan may be amended by the Board of Directors without the consent of the 
stockholders of the Company, except that any amendment, although effective 
when made, will be subject to stockholder approval if required by any Federal 
or state law or regulation or by the rules of any stock exchange or automated 
quotation system on which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted. 

   Upon consummation of this offering, the Company will have outstanding 
nonqualified options to purchase an aggregate of 767,871 shares of Common 
Stock. Of such options, options to purchase 87,478, 58,318, 50,000, 25,000, 
20,411, 5,832 and 5,832 shares were granted to Earl Takefman, Frank Williams, 
Richard Parker, Ami Trauber, Thomas Peters, Mona-Lee Takefman and Mark Lubell 
(excluding options granted to Mr. Williams as a non-employee director of the 
Company), respectively. All of such options are exercisable at the public 
offering price per share and vest in equal installments over a three- or 
five-year period following the completion of this offering. In addition, 
Messrs. Takefman and Lubell are each eligible to receive the Executive 
Options upon the completion of this offering pursuant to their employment 
arrangements, which may be exercised at various times over the course of two 
and a half years following completion of this offering if the market price of 
the Company's Common Stock reaches certain levels. See 
"Management--Employment Agreements." 

LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION 

   Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") contains 
provisions entitling the Company's directors and officers to indemnification 
from judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, and reasonable expenses 
(including attorneys' fees) as the result of an action or proceeding in which 
they may be involved by reason of having been a director or officer of the 
Company. In its Certificate of Incorporation, the Company has included a 
provision that limits, to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by 
the DGCL, the personal liability of its directors to the Company or its 
stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of their fiduciary 
duties as directors. Under the DGCL as currently in effect, this provision 
limits a director's liability except where such director (i) breaches his 
duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) fails to act in good 
faith or engages in intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, 
(iii) authorizes payment of an unlawful dividend or stock purchase or 
redemption as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) obtains an 
improper personal benefit. This provision does not prevent the Company or its 
stockholders from seeking equitable remedies, such as injunctive relief or 
rescission. If equitable remedies are found not to be available to 
stockholders in any particular case, stockholders may not have any effective 
remedy against actions taken by directors that constitute negligence or gross 
negligence. 

   The Certificate of Incorporation also includes provisions to the effect 
that (subject to certain exceptions) the Company shall, to the maximum extent 
permitted from time to time under the law of the State of Delaware, 
indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to, any director or 
officer to the extent that such indemnification and advancement of expenses 
is permitted under such law, as it may from time to time be in effect. In 
addition, the Company's By-Laws require the Company to indemnify, to the full 
extent permitted by law, any director, officer, employee or agent of the 
Company for acts which such person reasonably believes are not in violation 
of the Company's corporate purposes as set forth in the Certificate of 
Incorporation. At present, the DGCL provides that, in order to be entitled to 
indemnification, an individual must have acted in good faith and in a manner 
he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the Company's best 
interests. 

                                      32 
<PAGE>

                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS 

   The following table sets forth certain information, as of the date of this 
Prospectus and as adjusted to reflect the sale by the Company of the 
1,300,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby (based on information 
obtained from the persons named below), relating to the beneficial ownership 
of shares of Common Stock by: (i) each person or entity who is known by the 
Company to own beneficially five percent or more of the outstanding Common 
Stock; (ii) each of the Company's directors; and (iii) all directors and 
executive officers of the Company as a group. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Percentage of Shares 
                                                     Number of        Beneficially Owned(2) 
                                                       Shares       ------------------------ 
Name and address of                                 Beneficially      Before        After 
Beneficial Owners(1)                                  Owned(2)       Offering     Offering 
- ---------------------                              --------------   ----------    ---------- 
<S>                                                <C>             <C>            <C>
Earl T. Takefman(3)  ...........................     1,154,350         35.8%        25.5% 
Alan L. Lubell(4)  .............................     1,117,553         34.7         24.7 
Greg Norman  ...................................       300,000          9.3          6.6 
Barry Minsky(5)  ...............................       248,503          7.7          5.5 
Eddie Einhorn  .................................            --           --           -- 
Mark Hershhorn  ................................            --           --           -- 
Frank Williams  ................................         8,139           *            * 
All directors and executive officers as a group 
  (six persons) ................................     2,289,197         71.1%        50.6% 
</TABLE>

- ------ 
*Less than 1% 

(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each named individual, 
    corporation or group is in care of Visual Edge Systems Inc., 7 West 51st 
    Street, New York, New York 10019 

(2) Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that all persons named 
    in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all 
    shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by them. A person is deemed to 
    be the beneficial owner of securities which may be acquired by such 
    person within 60 days from the date of this Prospectus upon the exercise 
    of options, warrants or convertible securities. Each beneficial owner's 
    percentage ownership is determined by assuming that options that are held 
    by such person (but not those held by any other person) and which are 
    exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus, have been 
    exercised. 
   
(3) The shares are owned by Status-One Investments Inc., a Delaware 
    corporation owned by Earl T. Takefman and certain family members and 
    controlled by Earl T. Takefman. Does not include options held by Mr. 
    Takefman and his spouse (as to which Mr. Takefman disclaims beneficial 
    ownership) to acquire an aggregate of 93,000 shares of Common Stock, none 
    of which are exercisable within 60 days, or shares underlying the 
    Executive Options. See "Management -- Employment Agreements." 
    
(4) Does not include shares underlying the Executive Options. See "Management 
    -- Employment Agreements." 

(5) The shares are owned by Greenwich Properties Inc., a company controlled 
    by Barry Minsky. Does not include 50,000 shares which Mr. Minsky has 
    agreed to sell to Dr. Leonard Mendell immediately prior to the 
    consummation of this offering. 

   Earl T. Takefman and Alan L. Lubell may be deemed to be "promoters" of the 
Company within the meaning of the rules and regulations of the Commission. 

                                      33 
<PAGE>

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS 

STOCK ISSUANCES AND LOANS 

   In March 1995, the Company issued (i) 1,708,938 shares of Common Stock to 
Alan L. Lubell, its Chairman of the Board and Vice President -- Product 
Development, (ii) 732,402 shares of Common Stock to Status- One Investments 
Inc. ("Status-One"), a company controlled by Earl Takefman, its Chief 
Executive Officer, and (iii) 488,268 shares of Common Stock to Greenwich 
Properties Inc. ("Greenwich"), a company controlled by Barry Minsky, for 
nominal consideration. 

   In March 1995, Mr. Lubell transferred 427,235 shares of Common Stock to 
Status-One in accordance with the terms of a shareholders agreement, dated 
March 1, 1995, by and between Status-One and Mr. Lubell (the "Shareholders 
Agreement"). The Shareholders Agreement has since been terminated. Between 
June 1995 and March 1996, Mr. Lubell sold an additional 102,536 shares of 
Common Stock to various investors for $630,000 in the aggregate, and 
Greenwich sold 9,765 shares in consideration of $60,000 in the aggregate. 
   
   Since its inception, the Company borrowed $191,750, $162,500 and $48,450, 
respectively, from Mr. Lubell, Status-One and Greenwich. In December 1995, 
these loans were contributed to the capital of the Company for no 
consideration. 

   In March 1995, the Company issued an additional 24,413 shares of Common Stock
and granted options to purchase 116,637 shares of Common Stock to Status-One at
an exercise price of $5.00 per share in exchange for financing considerations
arranged by Status-One. In addition, in March 1995 the Company issued an
additional 24,413 shares of Common Stock to Status-One in consideration of
services rendered to the Company by Earl Takefman, 8,139 shares to Frank
Williams in consideration of consulting services rendered to the Company, 9,155
shares to Thomas Peters in consideration of software development services
rendered to the Company, 2,136 shares to Mona-Lee Takefman, the spouse of Earl
Takefman, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, in consideration of clerical
and secretarial services rendered to the Company and 2,136 shares to Mark
Lubell, the son of Alan Lubell, the Company's Chairman of the Board of Directors
and Vice President--Product Development, in consideration of managerial services
rendered to the Company during its market testing activities. The value of the
foregoing services were, in each case, determined by the Board of Directors of
the Company based upon a per share valuation of $.17.
    
   In April 1996, Greenwich, Status-One and Mr. Lubell transferred 180,000, 
56,250 and 63,750 shares of Common Stock, respectively, to Greg Norman, upon 
his exercise of an option granted to him pursuant to the terms of the 
Shareholders Agreement and the Greg Norman License. Pursuant to the Greg 
Norman License, the Company is required to make guaranteed payments 
aggregating $3,300,000 during the three-year period commencing July 1, 1996. 

RECAPITALIZATION 

   In March 1996, the Company effected a recapitalization of its capital 
stock. Each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock was converted into the 
right to receive .488268 shares of Common Stock, and each outstanding share 
of Class B Common Stock was converted into the right to receive 4,882.68 
shares of Common Stock. In addition, options to purchase 305,000 shares of 
Class A Common Stock were converted, on the same terms and conditions, into 
the right to purchase 177,871 shares of Common Stock. 

LOAN GUARANTEES 

   As of May 31, 1996, the Company borrowed an aggregate of $507,000 from the 
Bank, which is due and payable on December 31, 1996. Interest on the unpaid 
principal amount of the loan accrues at the reference rate established by the 
Bank from time to time (currently 8.25%). All of the Company's assets are 
pledged as collateral to secure such indebtedness and Earl T. Takefman, Alan 
Lubell and Barry Minsky, principal stockholders of the Company, have 
guaranteed and pledged personal assets in the form of letters of credit and 
certificates of deposit and in the amounts of $354,400, $106,325 and $39,275, 
respectively, to secure such loan. The Company intends to use a portion of 
the proceeds of this offering to repay this indebtedness which will release 
the personal guarantees of Messrs. Takefman, Lubell and Minsky. 

                                      34 
<PAGE>

   
   The Company is currently utilizing office space in New York, New York
provided to it at no charge by Alan L. Lubell, its Chairman of the Board and
Vice President--Product Development. The Company does not owe any rental charges
to Mr. Lubell and does not anticipate incurring any such rental charges.
    

   Pursuant to a Settlement Agreement entered into in May 1996, the Company 
agreed to pay $35,000 to Barry Minsky in consideration for the termination of 
an agreement with Mr. Minsky. 

   
   The Company believes that each of the foregoing transactions were on terms 
no less favorable than those which could have been obtained from unaffiliated 
third parties. All future transactions between the Company and its affiliates 
will be on terms no less favorable than would be obtained from unaffiliated 
third parties. 
    

                          DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES 

GENERAL 

   The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par 
value $.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 
per share. As of the date of this Prospectus, there are 3,220,000 shares of 
Common Stock outstanding and no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. 

COMMON STOCK 

   
   The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share 
held of record in the election of directors of the Company and in all other 
matters to be voted on by the stockholders. There is no cumulative voting 
with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders 
of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect 
all of the directors. Holders of Common Stock are entitled (i) to receive 
such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board out of funds 
legally available therefor and (ii) in the event of liquidation, dissolution 
or winding up of the Company, to share ratably in all assets remaining after 
payment of liabilities and after provision has been made for each class of 
stock, if any, having preference over the Common Stock. The rights of the 
holders of the Common Stock are subject to any rights that may be fixed for 
holders of Preferred Stock, when and if any Preferred Stock is issued. All of 
the outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the Common Stock offered 
hereby, upon issuance and sale, will be, validly issued, fully paid and 
non-assessable. The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights.
    

PREFERRED STOCK 

   The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock 
from time to time in one or more series, in all cases ranking senior to the 
Common Stock with respect to payment of dividends and in the event of the 
liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company. There are no shares of 
Preferred Stock currently outstanding. Pursuant to the Company's Certificate 
of Incorporation, the Board of Directors, without further stockholder 
approval, is authorized to issue shares of one or more series of Preferred 
Stock, at any time, for such consideration and with such relative rights, 
privileges, preferences and other terms as the Board may determine 
(including, but not limited to, terms relating to dividend rates, redemption 
rates, liquidation preferences and voting, sinking fund and conversion or 
other rights). The rights and terms relating to any new series of Preferred 
Stock could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders 
of the Common Stock or could be utilized, under certain circumstances, as a 
method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of the 
Company. 

REDEEMABLE WARRANTS 

   
   Each Warrant entitles the registered holder thereof to purchase one share 
of Common Stock, at a price of $5.00, subject to adjustment in certain 
circumstances, at any time after      , 1997 until      , 2000. 
    

                                      35 
<PAGE>

   The Warrants are redeemable by the Company, upon the consent of the 
Underwriter, at any time after      , 1997, upon notice of not less than 30 
days, at a price of $.10 per Warrant, provided that the closing bid price of 
the Common Stock on all 30 of the trading days ending on the third day prior 
to the day on which the Company gives notice has been at least 150% 
(currently $7.50, subject to adjustment) of the then effective exercise price 
of the Warrants. All warrantholders have exercise rights until the close of 
business on the date fixed for redemption. 

   The Warrants will be issued in registered form under a Warrant Agreement 
between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company as Warrant 
Agent. Reference is made to said Warrant Agreement for a complete description 
of the terms and conditions therein (the description herein contained being 
qualified in its entirety by reference thereto). 

   The exercise price and number of shares of Common Stock or other 
securities issuable on exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment in 
certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, 
recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company. 
However, such Warrants are not subject to adjustment for issuances of Common 
Stock at a price below the exercise price of the Warrants, including the 
issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan. 

   The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the Warrant certificate on 
or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the Warrant Agent, with the 
exercise form on the reverse side of the certificate completed and executed 
as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (by certified 
check payable to the Company) to the Warrant Agent for the number of Warrants 
being exercised. The warrantholders do not have the rights or privileges of 
holders of Common Stock. 

   No Warrant will be exercisable unless at the time of exercise the Company 
has filed a current registration statement with the Commission covering the 
shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Warrant and such shares 
have been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities 
laws of the state of residence of the holder of such Warrant. The Company 
will use its best efforts to have all such shares so registered or qualified 
on or before the exercise date and to maintain a current prospectus relating 
thereto until the expiration of the Warrants, subject to the terms of the 
Warrant Agreement. While it is the Company's intention to do so, there is no 
assurance that it will be able to do so. 

   No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. 
However, if a warrantholder exercises all Warrants then owned of record by 
him, the Company will pay to such warrantholder, in lieu of the issuance of 
any fractional share which is otherwise issuable, an amount in cash based on 
the market value of the Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the 
exercise date. 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS 

   In connection with this offering, the Company has agreed to grant to the 
Underwriter certain demand and piggyback registration rights in connection 
with the 260,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the 
Underwriter's Warrants and the warrants included therein. See "Underwriting." 

   Pursuant to the terms of the Bridge Financing, the Company has included 
the shares issued in the Bridge Financing in the Registration Statement of 
which this Prospectus forms a part. The Company has agreed to use its best 
efforts to keep the Registration Statement effective until the earlier of (i) 
the date that all of the shares included in the Registration Statement have 
been sold pursuant thereto and (ii) the date the Selling Stockholders receive 
an opinion of counsel that the full amount of their shares may be freely sold 
by such holders. All registration expenses related to such shares will be 
paid by the Company. 

   The Selling Stockholders have agreed that they will not, directly or 
indirectly, offer to sell, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common 
Stock without the prior written consent of the Underwriter for a period of 
twelve months after the date of this Prospectus (subject to certain 
exceptions nine months from the date of this Prospectus). 

                                      36 
<PAGE>

STATUTORY PROVISIONS AFFECTING STOCKHOLDERS 

   Following the consummation of this offering, the Company will be subject 
to the State of Delaware's "business combination" statute, Section 203 of the 
Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, such statute prohibits a 
publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in various "business 
combination" transactions with any "interested stockholder" for a period of 
three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an 
"interested stockholder," unless (i) the transaction in which the interested 
stockholder obtained such status or the business combination is approved by 
the Board of Directors prior to the date the interested stockholder obtained 
such status; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the 
stockholder becoming an "interested stockholder," the "interested 
stockholder" owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation 
outstanding at the time the transection commenced, excluding for purposes of 
determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by (a) 
persons who are directors and also officers and (b) employee stock plans in 
which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially 
whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or 
exchange offer; or (iii) on or subsequent to such date the "business 
combination" is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an 
annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 
66 2/3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the 
"interested stockholder." A "business combination" includes mergers, asset 
sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder. 
An "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and 
associates, owns (or within three years, did own) 15% or more of a 
corporation's voting stock. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or 
other takeover or change in control attempts with respect to the Company and, 
accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire the Company. 

DIVIDEND POLICY 

   Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be 
declared and paid from time to time by the Board of Directors out of funds 
legally available therefor. The Company intends to retain any earnings for 
the operation and expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying 
cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the 
payment of cash dividends will depend upon future earnings, results of 
operations, capital requirements, the Company's financial condition and such 
other factors as the Board of Directors may consider. 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR 

   The transfer and registrar for the Common Stock and the warrant agent for 
the Warrants is American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, New York, New 
York. 

REPORTS TO STOCKHOLDERS 

   The Company has agreed, subject to the sale of the shares of Common Stock 
and Warrants offered hereby, that on or before the date of this Prospectus, 
it will register its Common Stock and Warrants under the provisions of 
Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act. Such registration will require the Company 
to comply with periodic reporting, proxy solicitation and certain other 
requirements of the Exchange Act. 

                       SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE 

   Upon the consummation of this offering, the Company will have 4,520,000 
shares of Common Stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the Warrants), of 
which 1,520,000 shares (consisting of the 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock 
offered hereby by the Company, and, subject to certain contractual 
restrictions described below, the 220,000 shares being offered by the Selling 
Stockholders) will be freely tradeable without restriction or further 
registration under the Securities Act. All of the remaining 3,000,000 shares 
outstanding are "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 
promulgated under the Securities Act, and in the future may only be sold 
pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, in compliance 
with the exemption provisions of Rule 144 or pursuant to another exemption 
under the Securities Act. Of the 3,000,000 restricted shares, an aggregate of 
2,520,406 shares will be eligible for sale, without registration, under Rule 
144 (subject to certain volume limitations prescribed by such rule and to the 
contractual restrictions described below), commencing March 1997. 

                                      37 
<PAGE>

   In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, any person (or persons 
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted securities 
for at least two years is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a 
number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then 
outstanding shares of the issuer's common stock or the average weekly trading 
volume during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale, provided that 
certain public information about the issuer as required by Rule 144 is then 
available and the seller complies with certain other requirements. In 
general, shares issued in compliance with Rule 701 promulgated under the 
Securities Act may be sold by non-affiliates subject to the manner of sale 
requirements of Rule 144, but without compliance with the other requirements 
of Rule 144. Affiliates may sell such shares in compliance with Rule 144, 
other than the holding period requirement. A person who is not an affiliate, 
has not been an affiliate within three months prior to sale, and has 
beneficially owned the restricted securities for at least three years is 
entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144 without regard to any of the 
limitations described above. 

   The Company's officers, directors and stockholders (excluding the holders 
of 9,776 shares of Common Stock) have agreed not to sell or dispose of any of 
their securities of the Company for a period of twelve months from the date 
of this Prospectus without the Underwriter's prior written consent, provided 
that such restrictions shall not apply at any time after nine months from the 
date of this Prospectus if the closing bid quotation of the Common Stock as 
reported by Nasdaq is at least $10.00 per share for 20 consecutive trading 
days. 

   Prior to this offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock and 
no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that public sales of 
shares of Common Stock or the availability of such shares for sale will have 
on the market prices of the Common Stock and Warrants prevailing from time to 
time. However, the possibility that a substantial amount of Common Stock may 
be sold in the public market may adversely affect prevailing market prices 
for the Common Stock and could impair the Company's ability to raise capital 
through the sale of its equity securities. 

                                 UNDERWRITING 

   Whale Securities Co., L.P. (the "Underwriter") has agreed, subject to the 
terms and conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase 
1,300,000 shares and 1,300,000 Warrants from the Company. The Underwriter is 
committed to purchase and pay for all of the Common Stock and Warrants 
offered hereby if any of such securities are purchased. The Common Stock and 
Warrants are being offered by the Underwriter, subject to prior sale, when, 
as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriter and subject to 
approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions. 

   The Underwriter has advised the Company that it proposes to offer the 
Common Stock and Warrants to the public at the public offering prices set 
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. The Underwriter may allow certain 
dealers who are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, 
Inc. (the "NASD") concessions, not in excess of $.   per share of Common 
Stock and $.   per Warrant, of which not in excess of $   per share of Common 
Stock and $.   per Warrant may be reallowed to other dealers which are 
members of the NASD. 

   The Company has granted to the Underwriter an option, exercisable for 45 
days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 195,000 additional 
shares of Common Stock and/or 195,000 Warrants at the public offering prices 
set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the underwriting 
discounts and commissions. The Underwriter may exercise this option in whole 
or, from time to time, in part, solely for the purpose of covering 
over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the sale of the Common Stock 
and/or Warrants offered hereby. 

   The Company has agreed to pay to the Underwriter a non-accountable expense 
allowance of 3% of the gross proceeds of this offering, of which $50,000 has 
been paid as of the date of this Prospectus. The Company has also agreed to 
pay all expenses in connection with qualifying the Common Stock and Warrants 
offered hereby for sale under the laws of such states as the Underwriter may 
designate including expenses of counsel retained for such purpose by the 
Underwriter. 

   
   The Company has agreed to grant to the Underwriter and/or its designees 
warrants (the "Underwriter's Warrants") to purchase up to 130,000 shares of 
Common Stock at an exercise price of $6.90 per share (138% of the initial 
public offering price per share) and/or up to 130,000 warrants (each to 
purchase one share of Com- 
    

                                      38 
<PAGE>

   
mon Stock at $6.90 per share) at an exercise price of $.138 per warrant (138% 
of the initial public offering price per Warrant). The Underwriter's Warrants 
may not be sold, transferred, assigned or hypothecated for one year from the 
date of this Prospectus, except to officers and partners of the Underwriter 
and members of the selling group, and are exercisable at any time and from 
time to time, in whole or in part, during the five-year period commencing on 
the date of this Prospectus (the "Warrant Exercise Term"). During the Warrant 
Exercise Term, the holders of the Underwriter's Warrants are given, at no 
cost, the opportunity to profit from a rise in the market price of the Common 
Stock. To the extent that the Underwriter's Warrants are exercised, dilution 
to the interests of the Company's stockholders will occur. Further, the terms 
upon which the Company will be able to obtain additional equity capital may 
be adversely affected since the holders of the Underwriter's Warrants can be 
expected to exercise them at a time when the Company would, in all 
likelihood, be able to obtain any needed capital on terms more favorable to 
the Company than those provided in the Underwriter's Warrants. Any profit 
realized by the Underwriter on the sale of the Underwriter's Warrants, the 
underlying shares or the underlying warrants, or the shares issuable upon 
exercise of such underlying warrants, may be deemed additional underwriting 
compensation. Subject to certain limitations and exclusions, the Company has 
agreed, at the request of the holders of a majority of the Underwriter's 
Warrants, at the Company's expense, to register the Underwriter's Warrants, 
the shares and warrants underlying the Underwriter's Warrants, and the shares 
issuable upon exercise of the underlying warrants under the Securities Act on 
one occasion during the Warrant Exercise Term and to include the 
Underwriter's Warrants and all such underlying securities in any appropriate 
registration statement which is filed by the Company during the seven years 
following the date of this Prospectus. 
    

   The Company has agreed, in connection with the exercise of the Warrants 
pursuant to solicitation (commencing one year from the date of this 
Prospectus), to pay to the Underwriter for bona fide services provided a fee 
of 5% of the exercise price for each Warrant exercised; provided, however, 
that the Underwriter will not be entitled to receive such compensation in 
Warrant exercise transactions in which (i) the market price of shares at the 
time of exercise is lower than the exercise price of the Warrants; (ii) the 
Warrants are held in any discretional account; (iii) disclosure of 
compensation arrangements is not made, in addition to the disclosure provided 
in this Prospectus, in documents provided to holders of the Warrants at the 
time of exercise; (iv) the holder of the Warrants has not confirmed in 
writing that the Underwriter solicited such exercise; or (v) the solicitation 
of exercise of the Warrants was in violation of Rule 10b-6 promulgated under 
the Exchange Act. In addition to soliciting, either orally or in writing, the 
exercise of the Warrants, such bona fide services may also include 
disseminating information, either orally or in writing, to the holders of the 
Warrants about the Company or the market for the Company's securities, and 
assisting in the processing of the exercise of Warrants. 

   The Company has agreed to retain the Underwriter as a financial consultant 
for a period of two years following the consummation of this offering at an 
annual fee of $30,000, the entire $60,000 payable in full, in advance. The 
consulting agreement with the Underwriter will not require it to devote a 
specific amount of time to the performance of its duties thereunder. It is 
anticipated that these consulting services will be provided by principals of 
the Underwriter and/or members of the Underwriter's corporate fiance 
department who, however, have not been designated as of the date hereof. In 
addition, in the event that the Underwriter originates a financing or a 
merger, acquisition, joint venture or other transaction to which the Company 
is a party, the Underwriter will be entitled to receive a finder's fee in 
consideration for origination of such transaction. 

   The Company has also agreed, for a period of three years from the date of 
this Prospectus, if so requested by the Underwriter, to nominate and use its 
best efforts to elect a designee of the Underwriter as a director of the 
Company, or, at the Underwriter's option, as a non-voting adviser to the 
Company's Board of Directors. The Company's officers, directors and principal 
stockholders have agreed to vote their shares in favor of such designee. The 
Underwriter has not yet exercised its right to designate such a person. 

   The Company and its officers, directors and security holders (except for 
the holders of 9,776 shares of Common Stock) have agreed not to sell or 
dispose of any of their securities of the Company for a period of twelve 
months from the date of this Prospectus without the Underwriter's prior 
written consent (subject to certain exceptions nine months from the date of 
this Prospectus). 

   The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter against certain 
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. 

   The Underwriter has advised the Company that it does not expect to make 
any sales of the securities offered hereby to discretionary accounts. 

                                      39 
<PAGE>

   The Underwriter acted as placement agent for the Company in connection 
with the Bridge Financing and was paid a placement fee of $110,000 
(constituting 10% of the gross proceeds of the Bridge Financing) and received 
an expense reimbursement of $25,000. 

   Prior to this offering, there has been no public trading market for the 
Common Stock or Warrants. Consequently, the initial public offering price of 
the Common Stock and Warrants and the exercise price of the Warrants have 
been determined by negotiations between the Underwriter and the Company. 
Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering 
prices was the Company's financial condition and prospects, the potential 
market for the Company's products, market prices of similar securities of 
comparable publicly-traded companies, an assessment of the Company's 
management and the general condition of the securities markets at the time of 
the offering. 

                                      40 
<PAGE>

                SELLING STOCKHOLDERS AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 

   An aggregate of up to 220,000 shares may be offered and sold pursuant to 
this Prospectus by the Selling Stockholders. The Company has agreed to 
register the public offering of such shares under the Securities Act 
concurrently with this offering and to pay all expenses in connection 
therewith. The shares have been included in the Registration Statement of 
which this Prospectus forms a part. None of the such shares may be sold by 
the Selling Stockholders prior to twelve months after the date of this 
Prospectus, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter. None of the 
Selling Stockholders has ever held any position or office with the Company or 
had any other material relationship with the Company. The Company will not 
receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares by the Selling 
Stockholders. The following table sets forth certain information with respect 
to the Selling Stockholders: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Percentage 
                                               Beneficial                         Beneficial       Beneficial 
                                              Ownership of       Amount of       Ownership of     Ownership of 
                                              Common Stock      Common Stock     Common Stock     Common Stock 
Selling Stockholders                          Prior to Sale       Offered       After Offering   After Offering 
- --------------------                         ---------------   --------------    --------------   -------------- 
<S>                                          <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>
Dr. Lawrence Howard  .....................       20,000            20,000             --               -- 
Dr. Leonard Mendell  .....................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Dr. Steven Landman  ......................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
John R. Tompson and Constance A. Tompson,
 Joint Tenants with Right of Survivorship.        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Allan R. Lyons  ..........................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Jonathan Robinson  .......................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Michael Weissman  ........................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Isaac Kier  ..............................       10,000            10,000             --               -- 
Craig Effron  ............................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Mark Dickstein  ..........................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Robert Laikin  ...........................       20,000            20,000             --               -- 
Lisa Grossman  ...........................       10,000            10,000             --               -- 
Gary Newman  .............................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Albert Nocciolino  .......................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
FGR Akel  ................................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Scott C. Gottlieb  .......................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Alfonso and Federico de Riveroll, Joint 
  Tenants with Right of Survivorship .....       10,000            10,000             --               -- 
Roderick D. MacAlpine  ...................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Leonard A. Albanese  .....................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Lester Lieberman  ........................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Albert Greenspoon  .......................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
B&B Trading Corp. Retirement Plan  .......        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Garland T. Duke, Jr.  ....................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Charles J. Reilly and Kathleen M. Reilly .        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
James H. Cooper  .........................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Wendy and Robert Ull, Joint Tenants with
 Right of Survivorship ...................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Michael Freidman  ........................       10,000            10,000             --               -- 
Edward S. Rosenthal  .....................       10,000            10,000             --               -- 
Nicholas Kahla  ..........................        5,000             5,000             --               -- 
Elliott Broidy  ..........................       20,000            20,000             --               -- 

</TABLE>

   The shares may be offered and sold from time to time as market conditions 
permit in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise, at prices and terms then 
prevailing or at prices related to the then-current market price, or in 
negotiated transactions. The shares may be sold by one or more of the 
following methods, without limitation: (a) a block trade in which a broker or 
dealer so engaged will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position 
and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction; 
(b) purchases by a broker or dealer 

                                      41 
<PAGE>

as principal and resale by such broker or dealer for its account pursuant to 
this Prospectus; (c) ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in 
which the broker solicits purchases; and (d) face-to-face transactions 
between sellers and purchasers without a broker/dealer. In effecting sales, 
brokers or dealers engaged by the Selling Stockholders may arrange for other 
brokers or dealers to participate. Such brokers or dealers may receive 
commissions or discounts from Selling Stockholders in amounts to be 
negotiated. Such broker and dealers and any other participating brokers or 
dealers may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the 
Securities Act, in connection with such sales. 

                                LEGAL MATTERS 

   The validity of the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for the 
Company by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, New York, New York. Tenzer Greenblatt 
LLP, New York, New York, has acted as counsel for the Underwriter in 
connection with this offering. 

                                   EXPERTS 

   The financial statements of Visual Edge Systems Inc. (a development stage 
company) as of December 31, 1995 and for the year then ended have been 
included herein and in the Registration Statement in reliance upon the report 
of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing 
elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in 
accounting and auditing. The report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP covering the 
December 31, 1995 financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph that 
states that the Company is in its development stage and its losses and 
working capital and net capital deficiencies raise substantial doubt about 
the entity's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements 
do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that 
uncertainty. 

                            AVAILABLE INFORMATION 

   The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form 
SB-2 under the Securities Act (together with all amendments and exhibits 
thereto, the "Registration Statement") with respect to the securities offered 
hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in 
the Registration Statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance 
with the rules and regulations of the Commission. Statements made in this 
Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document 
referred to are not necessarily complete and are qualified in their entirety 
by reference to each such contract, agreement or other document which is 
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. The Registration 
Statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected 
without charge at the principal office of the Commission 450 Fifth Street, 
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, or at the Regional Offices of the Commission: 
Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, 
Illinois 60601, and 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 
10007. Copies of such material may be obtained by mail from the Public 
Reference Branch of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, 
D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. 

                                      42 
<PAGE>

                           VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) 

                                   CONTENTS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         PAGE 
                                                                                                       -------- 
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT  ......................................................................     F-2 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 (Unaudited)  .............................     F-3 

Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1995, three months ended March 31, 1995
  and 1996 (Unaudited) and period from inception (July 15, 1994) to March 31, 1996 (Unaudited) .....     F-4 

Statements of Stockholders' Deficit for the year ended December 31, 1995 and three months ended
  March 31, 1996 (Unaudited) .......................................................................     F-5 

Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1995, three months ended March 31, 1995 and 
  1996 (Unaudited) and period from inception (July 15, 1994) to March 31, 1996 (Unaudited) .........     F-6 

Notes to Financial Statements  .....................................................................     F-7 
</TABLE>

                                       F-1
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Visual Edge Systems Inc. (a development stage company): 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Visual Edge Systems Inc. (a 
development stage company) as of December 31, 1995 and the related statements 
of operations, stockholders' deficit and cash flows for the year then ended. 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial 
statements based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free 
from material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. 
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in 
all material respects, the financial position of Visual Edge Systems Inc. (a 
development stage company) as of December 31, 1995 and the results of its 
operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with 
generally accepted accounting principles. 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the 
Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the 
financial statements, the Company is in its development stage and its losses 
and working capital and net capital deficiencies raise substantial doubt 
about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in 
regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial 
statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome 
of this uncertainty. 
                                                         KPMG Peat Marwick LLP 
   
New York, New York 
April 30, 1996, except for notes 1e, 2 and 10, 
 which are as of May 31, 1996 
    




               See accompanying notes to financial statements. 

                                       F-2
<PAGE>

                           VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                                BALANCE SHEETS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               December 31,     March 31, 
                                                                   1995           1996 
                                                              --------------   ----------- 
                                                                               (unaudited) 
<S>               <C>                                                          <C>
Assets 
Current Assets: 
     Cash  ................................................     $     558       $     833 
                                                              --------------   ----------- 
             Total current assets .........................           558             833 
Fixed assets, net  ........................................       606,434         558,740 
Deferred organization costs, net  .........................        26,485          25,014 
Deferred financing costs  .................................            --          25,000 
                                                              --------------   ----------- 
             Total assets .................................     $ 633,477       $ 609,587 
                                                              ==============   ===========              
Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit 
Current Liabilities: 
     Accounts payable  ....................................     $ 269,262       $ 216,280 
     Accrued expenses  ....................................        13,718          67,109 
     Note payable to bank  ................................       400,000         507,000 
                                                              --------------   ----------- 
             Total current liabilities ....................       682,980         790,389 
                                                              --------------   -----------  
Stockholders' deficit: 
     Preferred Stock, 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued         --              -- 
     Common stock, $.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 
        3,000,000 shares issued and outstanding ...........        30,000          30,000 
     Additional paid-in capital  ..........................       385,460         385,460 
     Deficit accumulated during the development stage  ....      (464,963)       (596,262) 
                                                              --------------   ----------- 
             Total stockholders' deficit ..................       (49,503)       (180,802) 
                                                              --------------   -----------  
             Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit ..     $ 633,477       $ 609,587 
                                                              ==============   ===========  
</TABLE>




               See accompanying notes to financial statements. 

                                       F-3
<PAGE>

                           VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Unaudited 
                                                        ---------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                         Period from 
                                                                                          Inception 
                                          Year Ended          Three Months Ended       (July 15, 1994) 
                                         December 31,             March 31,              to March 31, 
                                             1995            1995           1996             1996 
                                        --------------   ------------    ------------   --------------- 
<S>                                     <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>
HISTORICAL: 
Product sales  ......................    $     7,267      $      --       $   3,848      $    11,115 
License fees  .......................        125,000             --              --          125,000 
                                        --------------   ------------    ------------   --------------- 
                                             132,267             --           3,848          136,115 
                                        --------------   ------------    ------------   --------------- 
Cost of sales  ......................         44,167             --          23,728           67,895 
General and administrative expenses .        531,984        108,242          98,148          630,132 
Selling and Marketing  ..............         15,240             --             459           15,699 
                                        --------------   ------------    ------------   --------------- 
                                             591,391        108,242         122,335          713,726 
                                        --------------   ------------    ------------   --------------- 
 Operating loss  ....................       (459,124)      (108,242)       (118,487)        (577,611) 
Interest expense  ...................          5,118             --          12,812           17,930 
                                        --------------   ------------    ------------   --------------- 
 Loss before income taxes  ..........       (464,242)      (108,242)       (131,299)        (595,541) 
Provision for income taxes  .........            721             --              --              721 
                                        --------------   ------------    ------------   --------------- 
 Net loss  ..........................    $  (464,963)     $(108,242)      $(131,299)     $  (596,262) 
                                        ==============   ============    ============   =============== 
PRO FORMA (UNAUDITED): 
Historical loss before income taxes .    $  (464,242)     $(108,242)      $(131,299)     $  (595,541) 
Pro forma adjustments to executive 
  officers' compensation ............       (590,000)      (147,500)        (91,250)        (681,250) 
                                        --------------   ------------    ------------   --------------- 
Pro forma loss before income taxes...     (1,054,242)      (255,742)       (222,549)      (1,276,791) 
Pro forma provision for income taxes.            721             --              --              721 
                                        --------------   ------------    ------------   --------------- 
Pro forma net loss  .................    $(1,054,963)     $(255,742)      $(222,549)     $(1,277,512) 
                                        ==============   ============    ============   =============== 
Pro forma net loss per share  .......    $      (.33)     $    (.08)      $    (.07)     $      (.40) 
                                        ==============   ============    ============   =============== 

</TABLE>
    
               See accompanying notes to financial statements. 

                                       F-4
<PAGE>

                           VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                     STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
 
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 
              AND THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Deficit 
                                                                            accumulated 
                                                             Additional      during the 
                                       Common Stock            paid-in      development 
                                   Shares        Amount        capital         stage            Total 
                                 -----------   ----------    ------------   -------------   ------------- 
<S>                              <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
Balance at January 1, 1995  ..           --     $    --       $     --       $      --        $      -- 
Issuance of common stock  ....    2,929,608      29,296        374,404              --          403,700 
Common stock issued for services     70,392         704         11,056              --           11,760 
Net loss for 1995  ...........           --          --             --        (464,963)        (464,963) 
                                 -----------   ----------    ------------   -------------   ------------- 
Balance at December 31, 1995 .    3,000,000      30,000        385,460        (464,963)         (49,503) 
Net loss for the three months ended 
  March 31, 1996 (unaudited) .           --          --             --        (131,299)        (131,299) 
                                 -----------   ----------    ------------   -------------   ------------- 
Balance at March 31, 1996 
  (unaudited) ................    3,000,000     $30,000       $385,460       $ (596,262)      $ (180,802) 
                                 ===========   ==========    ============   =============   ============= 

</TABLE>

               See accompanying notes to financial statements. 

                                       F-5
<PAGE>

                           VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Unaudited 
                                                     ----------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                       Period from 
                                                                                        Inception 
                                       Year Ended          Three Months Ended        (July 15, 1994) 
                                      December 31,              March 31,              to March 31, 
                                          1995            1995            1996             1996 
                                     --------------   ------------    -------------   --------------- 
<S>                                  <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>
Operating Activities: 
   Net loss ......................     $ (464,963)     $(108,242)      $ (131,299)      $ (596,262) 
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss 
     to net cash used in operating 
     activities: 
     Stock compensation expense  .        11,760          11,760              --           11,760 
     Depreciation and amortization        67,686              --          49,165          116,851 
     Deferred organization costs .       (29,428)         (8,535)             --          (29,428) 
     Interest expense  ...........            --              --           3,400            3,400 
     Increase (decrease) in 
        accounts payable .........       269,262          17,645         (52,982)         216,280 
     Increase in accrued expenses .       13,718              --          53,391           67,109 
                                     --------------   ------------    -------------   --------------- 
   Net cash used in operating 
     activities  .................      (131,965)        (87,372)        (78,325)        (210,290) 
                                     --------------   ------------    -------------   --------------- 
Investing Activities: 
   Capital expenditures ..........      (671,177)        (56,138)             --         (671,177) 
   Deferred financing costs ......            --              --         (25,000)         (25,000) 
                                     --------------   ------------    -------------   --------------- 
   Net cash used in investing 
     activities  .................      (671,177)        (56,138)        (25,000)        (696,177) 
                                     --------------   ------------    -------------   --------------- 
Financing Activities: 
   Issuance of note payable to bank      400,000              --         103,600          503,600 
   Advances from stockholders ....            --         164,950              --               -- 
   Issuance of common stock ......       403,700           1,000              --          403,700 
                                     --------------   ------------    -------------   --------------- 
   Net cash provided by financing 
     activities  .................       803,700         165,950         103,600          907,300 
                                     --------------   ------------    -------------   --------------- 
   Increase in cash ..............           558          22,440             275              833 
Cash at beginning of period  .....            --              --             558               -- 
                                     --------------   ------------    -------------   --------------- 
Cash at end of period  ...........     $     558       $  22,440       $     833        $     833 
                                     ==============   ============    =============   =============== 
Supplemental information: 
- ------------------------- 
Cash paid for interest  ..........     $   5,118       $       --      $   9,274        $  14,392 
                                     ==============   ============    =============   =============== 
Cash paid for income taxes  ......     $     721       $       --      $       --       $     721 
                                     ==============   ============    =============   =============== 
    
</TABLE>

               See accompanying notes to financial statements. 

                                       F-6
<PAGE>

                           VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

                              DECEMBER 31, 1995 

(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

   (a) Description of Business 

   Visual Edge Systems Inc. (the "Company") was organized to develop and 
   market personalized videotape golf lessons featuring One-on-One 
   instruction by leading professional golfer Greg Norman. To date, the 
   Company has focused its efforts on developing computer software which 
   digitally combines actual video footage of a golfer's swing with a 
   synchronized "split-screen" comparison to Greg Norman's golf swing to 
   produce a 45-minute One-on-One videotape golf lesson. The Company's 
   proposed One-on-One personalized videotape golf lesson analyzes a golfer's 
   swing by comparing it to Greg Norman's swing at several different club 
   positions from two camera angles using Greg Norman's pre-recorded 
   instructional commentary and analysis and computer graphics to highlight 
   important golf fundamentals intended to improve a golfer's performance. 
   The Company intends to sell its proposed products under the name 
   "One-on-One with Greg Norman." 

   The Company was incorporated in July 1994 and commenced operations in 
   January 1995. The Company is a development stage company which has not 
   commenced generating revenue from its planned primary business activities. 
   Since the Company's inception, it has been primarily engaged in product 
   development, market testing its intended products, recruitment of key 
   personnel, raising capital and preparing the software and videotaped 
   coaching instructions used in the production of its products. As a 
   consequence, the Company has not generated any revenue of substance from 
   operations to date. 

   (b) Revenue Recognition 

   Revenue from product sales is recognized as videotape products are 
   delivered to the customer. Royalties and license fees are recorded as 
   revenue when earned. 

   (c) Fixed Assets 

   Fixed assets are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated on the 
   straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets (3 to 5 
   years). 

   (d) Income Taxes 

   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax 
   consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement 
   carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective 
   tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax 
   assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to 
   apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences 
   are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets 
   and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the 
   period that includes the enactment date. 

   (e) Loss Per Share 

   Pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting 
   Bulletin Topic 4:D, stock issued and stock options granted during the 
   12-month period preceding the date of the Company's proposed initial 
   public offering (the IPO) have been included in the calculation of 
   weighted average common shares outstanding for the period prior to the 
   IPO, even when the impact of such incremental shares is antidilutive. The 
   computation of weighted average common shares and equivalents outstanding 
   for the year ended December 31, 1995 follows: 

                                       F-7
<PAGE>

                           VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 
                        (a Development Stage Company)
 
                        Notes to Financial Statements 

(1)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  - (Continued) 

     Weighted average common shares outstanding, exclusive of 
        issuances within 12 months prior to the IPO ..............    3,000,000 
     Shares issued within 12 months prior to the IPO assumed to be 
        outstanding for the entire period. .......................      220,000 
                                                                     ----------
     Weighted average common shares and equivalents outstanding  .    3,220,000 
                                                                     ==========

   References to the number of shares and all per share data have been 
   restated to reflect the recapitalization (note 7). 
   
   (f) Basis of Presentation 

   The financial statements have been presented on a historical basis and 
   also on a pro forma basis for the statements of operations. The pro forma 
   adjustment presented reflects the increase in five executive officers' 
   aggregate annual base compensation as prescribed in employment agreements. 
   Two agreements were effective January 1, 1996, one is effective May 1, 
   1996 and two will become effective upon the completion of the Company's 
   planned IPO. 

   (g) Fair Value of Financial Instruments 
    

   Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures About 
   Fair Value of Financial Instruments," requires disclosure of the fair 
   value of certain financial instruments. Cash, accounts payable and accrued 
   expenses as reflected in the financial statements approximate fair value 
   because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The carrying 
   value of the note payable to bank approximates its fair value since the 
   interest rate fluctuates with changes in market conditions. 

   
   (h) Use of Estimates 
    

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally 
   accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and 
   assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
   disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the 
   financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
   during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those 
   estimates. 

   
   (i) New Accounting Pronouncements 
    

   In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued 
   Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," which must 
   be adopted by the Company in 1996. The Company has elected not to 
   implement the fair value based accounting method for employee stock 
   options, but has elected to disclose, commencing in 1996, the pro-forma 
   net income and earnings per share as if such method had been used to 
   account for stock-based compensation cost as described in the Statement. 

   In March 1995, the FASB issued Statement No. 121," Accounting for the 
   Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed 
   Of," which must also be adopted by the Company in 1996. The effect of 
   adopting this standard will be insignificant. 

   
   (j) Unaudited Interim Financial Statements 
    

   The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements reflect all 
   adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) which are, in the 
   opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial 
   position of the Company and the results of its operations as of and for 
   the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995. Results for the three 
   months ended March 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of results 
   which could be expected for the entire year. 

                                       F-8
<PAGE>

                             VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 
                          (a Development Stage Company)
 
                          Notes to Financial Statements 

(1)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  - (Continued) 

(2)  LIQUIDITY 

   The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the 
   Company will continue as a going concern. The Company is in its 
   development stage and its losses, working capital and net capital 
   deficiencies raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to 
   continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any 
   adjustments that might arise from the outcome of this uncertainty. 

   To generate funds to continue the development of the Company's products, 
   pay the $150,000 royalty advance due June 30, 1996 (note 9(a) and commence 
   its planned primary business activities, the Company on May 31, 1996 
   raised $915,000, net of expenses, from the sale of 22 units in a private 
   placement for $50,000 per unit, each unit consisting of an 8% unsecured 
   promissory note in the principal amount of $50,000 and 10,000 shares of 
   the Company's common stock. The promissory notes are due on the earlier of 
   the consummation of the Company's planned initial public offering (IPO) of 
   its common stock or May 31, 1997. The relative fair market value of the 
   220,000 shares of common stock issued of $334,346 was reflected as an 
   increase in additional paid-in capital and as a discount on the promissory 
   notes to be amortized over the one-year term of the notes. In March 1996, 
   the Company entered into a letter of intent, as amended, with a placement 
   agent to offer 1,300,000 shares of common stock and 1,300,000 warrants for 
   sale. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully 
   complete its IPO. 

(3)  FIXED ASSETS 

   Fixed assets consist of the following at December 31, 1995: 
                                                       Amount          Life 
                                                     -----------     --------- 
                                                                      (years) 
     Equipment  ................................      $247,117             5 
     Video production costs  ...................       184,282             3 
     Computer hardware  ........................       148,253             3 
     Purchased computer software  ..............        91,525             3 
                                                     -----------     
                                                       671,177 
     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization     64,743 
                                                     ----------- 
                                                      $606,434 
                                                     =========== 

(4)  OPERATING LEASES 

   The Company is utilizing office space provided at no charge by an officer 
   of the Company. Accordingly, as of December 31, 1995, the Company did not 
   have any lease commitments. 

(5)  NOTE PAYABLE TO BANK 

   In October 1995, the Company borrowed $400,000 from a bank which was due 
   on demand. This note bears interest at the bank's reference rate (8.25% at 
   December 31, 1995). The note is secured by all of the Company's assets and 
   certain personal assets of certain of the Company's shareholders and is 
   personally guaranteed by such shareholders. In January and April 1996, the 
   Company borrowed an additional $107,000 and the total outstanding balance 
   of $507,000 was converted to a promissory note which is due December 31, 
   1996. 

(6)  INCOME TAXES 

   Income tax expense consists of: 

                                       Current        Deferred        Total 
                                      -----------    ------------    --------- 
Year ended December 31, 1995: 
Federal  .........................         --            --              -- 
State and local  .................       $721            --            $721 
                                      -----------    ------------    --------- 
                                         $721            --            $721 
                                      ===========    ============    ========= 

                                       F-9
<PAGE>

                           VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 
                        (a Development Stage Company)
 
                        Notes to Financial Statements 

(6)  Income Taxes  - (Continued) 

   The following is a reconciliation of income tax expense to the expected 
   amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to the 
   Company's loss before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 1995. 

Income tax benefit at statutory rate  .................          $ (157,800) 
State and local income taxes, net of Federal income tax 
  benefit .............................................                 721 
Increase in valuation allowance  ......................             157,800 
                                                                 ------------- 
Provision for income taxes  ...........................          $      721 
                                                                 ============= 

   The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant 
   portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at 
   December 31, 1995 are presented below: 

Deferred tax assets: 
Deferred start-up costs  ..............................            $  97,500 
Net operating loss carryforward .......................               54,300 
Fixed asset depreciation  .............................                6,000 
                                                                   ----------- 
                                                                     157,800 
Less: valuation allowance  ............................             (157,800) 
                                                                   ----------- 
Net deferred tax asset  ...............................            $       -- 
                                                                   =========== 

   As of December 31, 1995, the Company has a tax net operating loss 
   carryforward of approximately $160,000 expiring in 2010. The Company has 
   provided a valuation allowance of $157,800 against its deferred tax assets 
   since it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize such 
   asset due to the Company's development stage nature of operations and the 
   pre-tax losses since inception. 

(7)  COMMON STOCK 

   During 1995, the Company's founding shareholders made capital 
   contributions or loaned funds to the Company which were subsequently 
   contributed to the Company as capital, totaling $403,700, in exchange for 
   5,000,000 Class A non-voting shares and 100 Class B voting shares. 

   On March 11, 1996, the Company's Board of Directors eliminated the Class A 
   and B designation of its common stock and declared a recapitalization 
   effective May 2, 1996, whereby .488268 of a share and 4882.68 shares of 
   common stock with a par value of $.01 per share was issued for each Class 
   A and Class B share, respectively, of common stock outstanding on that 
   date. In addition, options to purchase Class A common stock were converted 
   into the right to purchase .5831847 shares of common stock. All references 
   to number of shares (except shares authorized), per share data and stock 
   option data have been restated to reflect the recapitalization. 

   In March 1995, the Company issued 70,392 shares of common stock to 
   employees and consultants for services. The estimated market value of such 
   shares of $11,760 was recorded as compensation expense. 

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                             VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 
                          (a Development Stage Company)
 
                          Notes to Financial Statements 

(8)  STOCK OPTIONS 

   In April 1996, the Company adopted the 1996 Stock Option Plan, which 
   provides for the granting to directors, officers, key employees and 
   consultants of the greater of 800,000 shares of common stock (reduced by 
   the number of options which may be granted to two executive officers 
   pursuant to their employment agreements (note 9(b) which are not granted 
   or, if granted, are forfeited in accordance with their terms) or 12% of 
   the aggregate number of the Company's common stock outstanding. Grants of 
   options may be incentive stock options (to a maximum of 300,000) or 
   non-qualified stock options and will be at such exercise prices, in such 
   amounts, and upon such terms and conditions, as determined by the 
   Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. However, the option 
   exercise price may not be less than 100% of the market value at the time 
   of grant (110% if an incentive stock option granted to a 10% or more 
   stockholder) and the term of any option may not exceed ten years (unless 
   granted as an incentive stock option to a 10% or more stockholder, which 
   term may not exceed five years). 

   The plan also provides for the automatic grant of 5,000 non-qualified 
   stock options upon commencement of service of a non-employee director and 
   2,500 options per year per director thereafter. Such options vest 
   one-third on the date of grant and one third on the first two anniversary 
   dates and have a term of five years. 

   In March 1995, the Company granted 177,871 nonqualified options to 
   purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to the price common stock 
   is sold in the Company's initial public offering when it may occur. Such 
   options have been converted to options under the 1996 Stock Option Plan. 

(9)  COMMITMENTS 

   (a)  License agreement 

     Effective March 1, 1995 the Company entered into a license agreement 
     with Greg Norman (Norman), a professional golfer, and his corporation, 
     Great White Shark Enterprises, Inc. (Great White Shark), pursuant to 
     which the Company was granted a worldwide license to use his name, 
     likeness and endorsement in connection with the production and promotion 
     of the Company's proposed products. Norman will receive royalties of 8% 
     of all net revenues, as defined, derived from the sale of One-on-One 
     videotapes. Such agreement expires on June 30, 1996. However, the 
     Company has advised Norman and Great White Shark that it will extend the 
     agreement and will use a portion of the proceeds from its private 
     placement to pay the initial $150,000 required to extend the agreement. 
     The extension of the agreement, which is for three additional years, 
     requires the Company to pay certain guaranteed fees, amounting to 
     $3,300,000, to be paid quarterly to Great White Shark and total $600,000 
     (including the $150,000 payment referred to above) in the year ending 
     June 30, 1997, $1 million in the year ending June 1998 and $1.7 million 
     in the year ending June 30, 1999. Such guaranteed payments will be 
     credited against future 8% royalties due on the Company's net revenues 
     from the sale of the One-on-One video. In addition, the Company has the 
     right to renew the license agreement for two additional periods of five 
     years each. In the event of renewal, the Company is obligated to make 
     guaranteed payments of $1,300,000 during the first year of the renewal 
     term, increasing by $100,000 per year thereafter. 

     Also in March 1995, the Company entered into an Agreement with and gave 
     Greg Norman an option to receive 10% of the outstanding shares of the 
     Company from the Company's three founding shareholders. The option was 
     conditioned upon the Company delivering a notice to Greg Norman that it 
     intends to extend the License Agreement for three years, which occurred in 
     April 1996. In April 1996, Greg Norman exercised the option and those 
     shareholders transferred 300,000 shares of common stock to Greg Norman. 
     The estimated market value of such shares, amounting to approximately 
     $600,000 will be recorded as a charge in the income statement in April, 
     1996. 

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                           VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC. 
                        (a Development Stage Company) 

                        Notes to Financial Statements 

(9) Commitments  - (Continued) 

   (b) Employment agreements 

   The Company entered into employment agreements with three executive 
   employees of the Company expiring through December 1998 which provide for 
   aggregate minimum annual compensation of approximately $268,000 in 1996, 
   $297,000 in 1997 and $250,000 in 1998. The agreements are automatically 
   renewed for additional one-year periods unless the Company or the 
   employees provide timely notice of termination. In addition, two of the 
   employment agreements provide for an increase in compensation commencing 
   in July 1997, if the Company achieves prescribed pre-tax earnings 
   thresholds. The agreements also provide for bonuses and severance payments 
   ranging from three to twelve months. In addition, two of the employment 
   agreements provide for options for each employee to purchase an aggregate 
   of up to 250,000 shares of common stock, at an exercise price per share 
   equal to the proposed IPO price subsequent to completion of the Company's 
   proposed public offering. Of such options, 150,000 options shall vest and 
   become exercisable if the common stock trades at $10.00 or more per share 
   for at least five consecutive trading days during the 18-month period 
   following the completion of the proposed public offering, and 100,000 
   options shall vest and become exercisable if the common stock trades at 
   $15.00 or more per share for five consecutive trading days during the 
   30-month period following such completion. 

(10) CONTINGENCY 

   In April 1996, one of the Company's principal stockholders and his 
   affiliated companies asserted certain claims against the Company, 
   including that the provisions of a stockholders agreement have been 
   breached. In May 1996, such stockholder and his affiliated companies 
   entered into a settlement agreement with the Company under which they 
   agreed to release each other from any claims if the Company's proposed IPO 
   is consummated on or before December 31, 1996, and the Company agreed to 
   pay $35,000 in consideration of the termination of the stockholders 
   agreement. Pursuant to an indemnification agreement, two other principal 
   stockholders, jointly and severally, have agreed to indemnify and hold 
   harmless the Company from and against any losses, claims, damages, 
   expenses or liabilities suffered as a result of the above claims and, in 
   the event the Company issues any equity securities to any stockholder of 
   the Company as a result of any claim, those stockholders have agreed to 
   deliver an equal number of shares of common stock to the Company for 
   cancellation. 

                                      F-12
<PAGE>


============================================================================= 

   No dealer, salesperson or any other individual has been authorized to give 
any information or to make any representations not contained in this 
Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations must 
not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company or the 
Underwriter. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a 
solicitation of an offer to buy, any security by any person in any 
jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful. Neither the 
delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any 
circumstances, imply that the information in this Prospectus is correct as of 
any time subsequent to the date of this Prospectus. 

                                    ------ 

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS 

   
                                                                       Page 
                                                                     -------- 
Prospectus Summary  ..............................                        3 
Risk Factors  ....................................                        7 
Use of Proceeds  .................................                       14 
Dilution  ........................................                       16 
Capitalization  ..................................                       17 
Plan of Operation  ...............................                       18 
Proposed Business  ...............................                       21 
Management  ......................................                       28 
Principal Stockholders  ..........................                       33 
Certain Transactions  ............................                       34 
Description of Securities  .......................                       35 
Shares Eligible For Future Sale  .................                       37 
Underwriting  ....................................                       38 
Selling Stockholders and Plan of Distribution  ...                       41 
Legal Matters  ...................................                       42
Experts  .........................................                       42 
Available Information  ...........................                       42
Index to Financial Statements  ...................                      F-1 
    


                                    ------ 

   Until       , 1996 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all 
dealers effecting transactions in the securities offered hereby, whether or 
not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a 
Prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a 
Prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold 
allotments or subscriptions. 

============================================================================= 

<PAGE>

============================================================================= 






                       1,300,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK 
                                     AND 
                  REDEEMABLE WARRANTS TO PURCHASE 1,300,000 
                            SHARES OF COMMON STOCK 









                                    [LOGO] 







                                    ------ 
                                  PROSPECTUS 
                                    ------ 




                          WHALE SECURITIES CO., L.P. 





                                       , 1996 



============================================================================= 

<PAGE>

                                   PART II 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS 

ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. 

   Generally, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of 
Delaware (the "GCL") permits a corporation to indemnify certain persons made 
a party or threatened to be made a party to an action by reason of the fact 
that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the 
corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a 
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. In 
the case of an action by or in the right of the corporation, no 
indemnification may be made in respect of any matter as to which such person 
was adjudged liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such 
person's duty to the corporation unless the Delaware Court of Chancery or the 
court in which such action was brought determines that despite the 
adjudication of liability such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to 
indemnity for proper expenses. To the extent such person has been successful 
in the defense of any matter, such person shall be indemnified against 
expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him. 

   The Company has adopted provisions in its By-laws which provide for 
indemnification of its officers and directors to the full extent permitted 
under Delaware law. 

ITEM 25.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION 

   The following table sets forth an estimate of the expenses that will be 
incurred by the Registrant in connection with the distribution of the 
securities being registered hereby: 
   
SEC  .............................................                 $  6,197.23 
NASD filing fees  ................................                 $  2,297.21 
Nasdaq Small Cap Market listing fee  .............                   10,000.00 
Legal fees and expenses  .........................                  200,000.00 
Accounting fees and expenses  ....................                  100,000.00 
Printing and engraving expenses  .................                   75,000.00 
State securities qualification fees and expenses .                   50,000.00 
Transfer agent fees and expenses  ................                    3,500.00 
Miscellaneous  ...................................                   14,105.56 
                                                                   ----------- 
                                                                   $461,100.00 
 Total  ..........................................                 =========== 

   None of the foregoing expenses will be borne by the Selling Stockholders. 
    


                                      II-1
<PAGE>

ITEM 26. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES. 

   
   The table below sets forth the sales of unregistered securities made by 
the Company since the date of its organization on July 15, 1994. All of such 
sales were private placements made in reliance upon the exemption provided by 
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and no underwriters 
were involved in such placements. In each instance in which the Company 
received services as consideration for the issuance and sale of Common Stock, 
the value of the services so rendered was determined by the Board of Directors 
of the Company based upon a per share valuation of $.17. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Title and 
                                            Amount of 
               Purchaser                     Security         Date of Sale                 Consideration 
               ---------                  ------------     ----------------                --------------
<S>                                      <C>                <C>                 <C>
Alan L. Lubell  ......................      1,708,938 
                                           Common Stock       March  1995                    $192,350 
Status-One Investments Inc.  .........       732,402 
                                           Common Stock       March  1995                     162,750 
Greenwich Properties Inc.  ...........       488,268 
                                           Common Stock       March  1995                      48,600 
Greg Norman  .........................       300,000                           License and Services under 
                                           Common Stock       June  1996       License Agreement 
Status-One Investments Inc.  .........        24,413 
                                           Common Stock       March  1995      Executive Services 
Frank Williams  ......................        8,139 
                                           Common Stock       March  1995      Consulting Services 
Thomas Peters  .......................        9,155 
                                           Common Stock       March  1995      Software Development Services 
Mona-Lee Takefman  ...................        2,136 
                                           Common Stock       March  1995      Secretarial and Clerical Services 
Mark Lubell  .........................        2,136 
                                           Common Stock       March  1995      Management Services 
Dr. Lawrence Howard  .................        20,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $100,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                     $100,000 
Dr. Leonard Mandell  .................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Dr. Steven Landman  ..................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
John R. Tompson and                           5,000 
  Constance A. Tompson,                    Common Stock 
  Joint Tenants with Right of                $25,000 
  Survivorship .......................         Note            May  1996                       25,000 
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Title and 
                                            Amount of 
               Purchaser                     Security         Date of Sale                 Consideration 
               ---------                  ------------     ----------------                --------------
<S>                                      <C>                <C>                 <C>
Allan R. Lyons  ......................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                     $ 25,000 
Jonathan Robinson  ...................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Michael Weissman  ....................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Isaac Kier  ..........................        10,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $50,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       50,000 
Craig Effron  ........................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Mark Dickstein  ......................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Robert Laikin  .......................        20,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $100,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                      100,000 
Lisa Grossman  .......................        10,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $50,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       50,000 
Gary Newman  .........................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Albert Nocciolino  ...................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
FGR Akel  ............................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Title and 
                                            Amount of 
               Purchaser                     Security         Date of Sale                 Consideration 
               ---------                  ------------     ----------------                --------------
<S>                                      <C>                <C>                 <C>
Scott C. Gottlieb  ...................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                      $25,000 
Alfonso and Federico de Riveroll,             10,000 
  Joint Tenants with Right of              Common Stock 
  Survivorship .......................       $50,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       50,000 
Roderick D. MacAlpine  ...............        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Leonard A. Albanese  .................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Lester Lieberman  ....................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Albert Greenspoon  ...................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
B&B Trading Corp.                             5,000 
  Retirement Plan ....................     Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Garland T. Duke, Jr.  ................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Charles J. Reilly and                         5,000 
  Kathleen M. Reilly .................     Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
James H. Cooper  .....................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Wendy and Robert Ull,                         5,000 
  Joint Tenants with Right of              Common Stock 
  Survivorship .......................       $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000
                                             10,000
                                           Common Stock
Michael Freidman......................      $50,000            May  1996                       50,000
                                               Note  
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Title and 
                                            Amount of 
               Purchaser                     Security         Date of Sale                 Consideration 
               ---------                  ------------     ----------------                --------------
<S>                                      <C>                <C>                 <C>
Edward S. Rosenthal  .................        10,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $50,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                      $50,000 
Nicholas Kahla  ......................        5,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $25,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                       25,000 
Elliott Broidy  ......................        20,000 
                                           Common Stock 
                                             $100,000 
                                               Note            May  1996                      100,000 

    
</TABLE>

ITEM 27. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES. 

   (a) Exhibits 

   The following is a complete list of Exhibits filed as part of this 
Registration Statement, which are incorporated herein: 

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit 
   Number       Description 
 -----------   ------------ 
     <S>       <C>
      1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement.                                                                         
      3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended. 
      3.2      Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company. 
      4.1*     Form of Specimen Common Stock Certificate. 
      4.2*     Form of Specimen Redeemable Warrant Certificate. 
      4.3      Form of Warrant Agreement between the Company and Whale Securities Co., L.P. 
      4.4      Form of Warrant, among American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company and Whale Securities 
               Co., L.P. 
      5.1*     Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP with respect to the legality of the Common Stock and Warrants. 
     10.1*     License Agreement, dated March 1, 1995, between Great White Shark Enterprises, Inc. and the Company, as supplemented.
     10.2      Promissory Note, dated April 15, 1996, payable to the Republic National Bank of New York. 
     10.3      Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1996, between Earl Takefman and the Company. 
     10.4      Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1996, between Alan Lubell and the Company. 
     10.5      Employment Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1996, between Thomas S. Peters and the Company. 
     10.6      License Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1996, between the Company and Visual Edge Systems (Australia) 
               Pty. Ltd. 
     10.7      Form of Consulting Agreement between the Company and Whale Securities Co., L.P. 
     10.8*     1996 Stock Option Plan. 
     10.9*     Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1996, between the Company and Richard Parker. 
     10.10*    Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1996, between the Company and Ami Trauber. 
     10.11*    Assignment, dated April 19, 1996, from Thomas S. Peters to the Company. 
     23.1*     Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP. 
     23.2*     Consent of Frank Williams to be named as a Director. 
     23.3*     Consent of Eddie Einhorn to be named as a Director. 
     23.4      Consent of Mark Hershhorn to be named as a Director. 
     24.1      Power of Attorney relating to the Company (included as part of the signature page hereof).
     27*       Financial Data Schedule. 
</TABLE>

- ------ 
* Filed herewith. 
    
                                    II-5
<PAGE>

   (b) Financial Statement Schedules: 

   None. 

ITEM 28. UNDERTAKINGS. 

   (1) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that it will: 

       (a) File, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a 
   post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement to:
 
          (i) include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;
 
          (ii) reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, 
       individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the 
       information in the Registration Statement; and

          (iii) include any additional or changed material information on the 
       plan of distribution.
 
       (b) For determining any liability under the Act, each post-effective 
   amendment shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement of the 
   securities offered, and the offering of securities at that time shall be 
   deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
       (c) Remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any 
   of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination 
   of this offering. 

   (2) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the 
Underwriter at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement 
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required 
by the Underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser. 

   (3) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the 
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and 
controlling persons of the Company pursuant to the provisions in Item 14 
above, or otherwise, the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the 
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public 
policy as expressed in such act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the 
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than 
the payment by the company of expenses incurred or paid by a director or 
officer or controlling person of the Company in the successful defense of any 
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or 
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the 
Company will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been 
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate 
jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against 
public policy as expressed in such act and will be governed by the final 
adjudication of such issue. 

   (4) The Company hereby undertakes: 

       (a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act 
   of 1933, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part 
   of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in 
   a form of Prospectus filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or 
   (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this 
   Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

       (b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities 
   Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of 
   prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to 
   the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at 
   that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. 

                                      II-6
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES 

   
   In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the 
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grants to meet all of the 
requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this Registration 
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly 
authorized in the City of New York, State of New York, on July 9, 1996. 
    

                                          VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC.

 
                                          By:  /s/ EARL T. TAKEFMAN 
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Earl T. Takefman 
                                               Chief Executive Officer 

   KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature appears 
below constitutes and appoints Earl T. Takefman and Alan L. Lubell, and each 
of them such person's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with 
full power of substitution and revocation, for such person and in such 
person's name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all 
amendments (including additional amendments to this Registration Statement) 
and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in 
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting 
unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and 
authority to do and perform each and every act and things requisite and 
necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person 
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said 
attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or 
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof. 

   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this 
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the 
capacities and on the dates indicated. 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Signature                           Title                         Date 
       ----------                           ------                        ---- 
<S>                       <C>                                       <C>
 /s/ EARL T. TAKEFMAN      Chief Executive Officer, Director       July 9, 1996                
- ------------------------   (Principal Executive Officer)             
    Earl T. Takefman   
       
    /s/ ALAN L. LUBELL     Chairman of the Board of Directors       July 9, 1996                       
- ------------------------   (Principal Financial and Accounting                      
      Alan L. Lubell       Officer)                                                 
                           
</TABLE>
    
                                      II-7




<PAGE>

   
                                EXHIBIT INDEX 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit 
Number       Description                                                                                          Page 
- -------      ------------                                                                                       -------- 
<S>           <C>                                                                                              <C>
1.1          Form of Underwriting Agreement.                                                                            
3.1          Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended. 
3.2*         Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company. 
4.1*         Form of Specimen Common Stock Certificate. 
4.2*         Form of Specimen Redeemable Warrant Certificate. 
4.3          Form of Warrant Agreement between the Company and Whale Securities Co., L.P. 
             Form of Warrant, among American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company and Whale Securities 
4.4          Co., L.P. 
5.1*         Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP with respect to the legality of the Common Stock and Warrants. 
10.1*        License Agreement, dated March 1, 1995, between Great White Shark Enterprises, Inc. and the Company,
             as supplemented. 
10.2         Promissory Note, dated April 15, 1996, payable to the Republic National Bank of New York. 
10.3         Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1996, between Earl Takefman and the Company. 
10.4         Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1996, between Alan Lubell and the Company. 
10.5         Employment Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1996, between Thomas S. Peters and the Company. 
             License Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1996, between the Company and Visual Edge Systems (Australia) 
10.6         Pty. Ltd. 
10.7         Form of Consulting Agreement between the Company and Whale Securities Co., L.P. 
10.8*        1996 Stock Option Plan. 
10.9*        Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1996, between the Company and Richard Parker. 
10.10*       Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1996, between the Company and Ami Trauber. 
10.11        Assignment, dated April 19, 1996, from Thomas S. Peters to the Company. 
23.1*        Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP. 
23.2*        Consent of Frank Williams to be named as a Director. 
23.3*        Consent of Eddie Einhorn to be named as a Director. 
23.4         Consent of Mark Hershhorn to be named as a Director. 
24.1         Power of Attorney relating to the Company (included as part of the signature page hereof). 
27*          Financial Data Schedule.            
</TABLE>

- ------ 
* Filed herewith. 

    



<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                     BY-LAWS
                                       OF
                            VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC.
                                    ARTICLE I
                                  Stockholders

             SECTION 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders
of the Corporation shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place
within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of
Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such
other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

             SECTION 2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation, a special meeting of the stockholders of the
Corporation may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of
the Board or the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by the Chairman of
the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary at the request in
writing of stockholders holding together at least twenty-five percent of the
number of shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting. Any
special meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time and
at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors
or the officer calling the meeting may designate. At a



<PAGE>



special meeting of the stockholders, no business shall be transacted and no
corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the
meeting unless all of the stockholders are present in person or by proxy, in
which case any and all business may be transacted at the meeting even though the
meeting is held without notice.

             SECTION 3. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided in
these By-Laws or by law, a written notice of each meeting of the stockholders
shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the
date of the meeting to each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at
such meeting at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The
notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a
special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

             SECTION 4. Quorum. At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders
of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of stock of the
Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented
by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of the stockholders for all purposes, unless
the representation of a larger number of shares shall be required by law, by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, in which case the
representation of the number of shares so required shall constitute a quorum;
provided that at any meeting


                                       -2-

<PAGE>



of the stockholders at which the holders of any class of stock of the
Corporation shall be entitled to vote separately as a class, the holders of a
majority in number of the total outstanding shares of such class, present in
person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for purposes of such
class vote unless the representation of a larger number of shares of such class
shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these
By-Laws.

             SECTION 5. Adjourned Meetings. Whether or not a quorum shall be
present in person or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders
of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in
person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting may adjourn
from time to time; provided, however, that if the holders of any class of stock
of the Corporation are entitled to vote separately as a class upon any matter at
such meeting, any adjournment of the meeting in respect of action by such class
upon such matter shall be determined by the holders of a majority of the shares
of such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at
such meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need
not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are
announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned
meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class of stock entitled to vote
separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any


                                       -3-

<PAGE>



business which might have been transacted by them at the original meeting. If
the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new
record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the
adjourned meeting.

             SECTION 6. Organization. The Chairman of the Board or, in his
absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or, in the absence of both the Chairman of
the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall call all meetings
of the stockholders to order, and shall act as Chairman of such meetings. In the
absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and the
President, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the
Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at
such meeting shall elect a Chairman.

             The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all
meetings of the stockholders; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman
may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting. It shall be the duty
of the Secretary to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of
stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting,
arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and
the number of shares registered


                                       -4-

<PAGE>



in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open, either at a place
within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified
in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the
meeting is to be held, for the ten days next preceding the meeting, to the
examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during
ordinary business hours, and shall be produced and kept at the time and place of
the meeting during the whole time thereof and subject to the inspection of any
stockholder who may be present.

             SECTION 7. Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate
of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for
each share of the capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of
such stockholder upon the books of the Corporation. Each stockholder entitled to
vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate
action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to
act for him by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three
years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. When
directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder, the
vote upon any matter before a meeting of stockholders shall be by ballot. Except
as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Directors
shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders
by the stockholders entitled to vote in the election


                                       -5-

<PAGE>



and, whenever any corporate action, other than the election of Directors is to
be taken, it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of
stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

             Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation belonging to the
Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to
vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or
indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted
for quorum purposes.

    SECTION 8. Inspectors. When required by law or directed by the presiding
officer or upon the demand of any stockholder entitled to vote, but not
otherwise, the polls shall be opened and closed, the proxies and ballots shall
be received and taken in charge, and all questions touching the qualification of
voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall
be decided at any meeting of the stockholders by two or more Inspectors who may
be appointed by the Board of Directors before the meeting, or if not so
appointed, shall be appointed by the presiding officer at the meeting. If any
person so appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by
appointment in like manner.



                                       -6-

<PAGE>



             SECTION 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Unless
otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to
be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the
stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior
notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so
taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than
the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such
action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present
and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any such corporate action without a
meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
stockholders who have not consented in writing.

                                   ARTICLE II
                               Board of Directors

             SECTION 1. Number and Term of Office. The business and affairs of
the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of
Directors, none of whom need be stockholders of the Corporation. The number of
Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time
by resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors. The Directors
shall, except as hereinafter otherwise provided for filling vacancies, be
elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, and shall hold office until their
respective


                                       -7-

<PAGE>



successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier
resignation or removal.

             SECTION 2. Removal, Vacancies and Additional Directors. The
stockholders may, at any special meeting the notice of which shall state that it
is called for that purpose, remove, with or without cause, any Director and fill
the vacancy; provided that whenever any Director shall have been elected by the
holders of any class of stock of the Corporation voting separately as a class
under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such Director may be
removed and the vacancy filled only by the holders of that class of stock voting
separately as a class. Vacancies caused by any such removal and not filled by
the stockholders at the meeting at which such removal shall have been made, or
any vacancy caused by the death or resignation of any Director or for any other
reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the
authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any
Director so elected to fill any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall
hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier
resignation or removal.

             When one or more Directors shall resign effective at a future date,
a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so
resigned, shall have power to fill


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation
or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold
office as herein provided in connection with the filling of other vacancies.

             SECTION 3. Place of Meeting. The Board of Directors may hold its
meetings in such place or places in the State of Delaware or outside the state
of Delaware as the Board from time to time shall determine.

             SECTION 4. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board from time to time
by resolution shall determine. No notice shall be required for any regular
meeting of the Board of Directors; but a copy of every resolution fixing or
changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed to every Director
at least five days before the first meeting held in pursuance thereof.

             SECTION 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held whenever called by direction of the Chairman of the
Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or by any two of the Directors
then in office.

             Notice of the day, hour and place of holding of each special
meeting shall be given by mailing the same at least two


                                       -9-

<PAGE>



days before the meeting or by causing the same to be transmitted by telegraph,
cable or wireless at least one day before the meeting to each Director. Unless
otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business other than an
amendment of these By-Laws may be transacted at any special meeting, and an
amendment of these By-Laws may be acted upon if the notice of the meeting shall
have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws is one of the purposes of the
meeting. At any meeting at which every Director shall be present, even though
without any notice, any business may be transacted, including the amendment of
these By-Laws.

             SECTION 6. Quorum. Subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this
Article II, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in office (but,
unless the Board shall consist solely of one Director, in no case less than
one-third of the total number of Directors nor less than two Directors) shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the vote of the majority
of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a
quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting
of the Board there is less than a quorum present, a majority of those present
may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

             SECTION 7.  Organization.  The Chairman of the Board or,
in his absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or, in the absence


                                      -10-

<PAGE>



of both the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the President
shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the
Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and the President, a Chairman
shall be elected from the Directors present. The Secretary of the Corporation
shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the Directors; but in the absence of
the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the
meeting.

             SECTION 8. Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution
passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each
committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The
Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee,
who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the
committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the
member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from
voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint
another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of
any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent
provided by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, shall have and
may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the
management of the business and the affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize
the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it;
but


                                      -11-

<PAGE>



no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the
Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation,
recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or
substantially all of the Corporation's property and assets, recommending to the
stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution,
or amending these By-Laws; and unless such resolution, these By-Laws, or the
Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have
the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of
stock.

             SECTION 9. Conference Telephone Meetings. Unless otherwise
restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the members
of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board, may
participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, by
means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of
which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such
participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

             SECTION 10.  Consent of Directors or Committee in Lieu of
Meeting.  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of
Incorporation or by these By-Laws, any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors,


                                      -12-

<PAGE>



or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of
the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the
writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or
committee, as the case may be.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    Officers

             SECTION 1. Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be a
Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a
President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such
additional officers, if any, as shall be elected by the Board of Directors
pursuant to the provisions of Section 9 of this Article III. The Chairman of the
Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the President,
one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Treasurer shall be elected by
the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the
stockholders. The failure to hold such election shall not of itself terminate
the term of office of any officer. All officers shall hold office at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time upon
written notice to the Corporation. Officers may, but need not, be Directors. Any
number of offices may be held by the same person.


                                      -13-

<PAGE>



             All officers, agents and employees shall be subject to removal,
with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. The removal of an
officer without cause shall be without prejudice to his contract rights, if any.
The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract
rights. All agents and employees other than officers elected by the Board of
Directors shall also be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time
by the officers appointing them.

             Any vacancy caused by the death of any officer, his resignation,
his removal, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors, and any
officer so elected shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

             In addition to the powers and duties of the officers of the
Corporation as set forth in these By-Laws, the officers shall have such
authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be determined
by the Board of Directors.

             SECTION 2. Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board. The
Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at
all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and
perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by these
By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.



                                      -14-

<PAGE>



             SECTION 3. Powers and Duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The
Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation
and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall have general charge
and control of all its business and affairs and shall have all powers and shall
perform all duties incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer. In the
absence of the Chairman of the Board he shall preside at all meetings of the
stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such
other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned
to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

             SECTION 4. Powers and Duties of the Chief Operating Officer. The
Chief Operating Officer shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation
and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive
Officer, shall have general charge and control of all its operations, shall have
all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chief
Operating Officer and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties
as may from time to time be assigned to him by these By-Laws, by the Board of
Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer.

             SECTION 5.  Powers and Duties of the President.  In the
absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive
Officer, the President shall preside at all meetings of the


                                      -15-

<PAGE>



stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such
other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned
to him by these By-Laws, by the Board of Directors, by the Chairman of the Board
or by the Chief Executive Officer.

             SECTION 6. Powers and Duties of the Vice Presidents. Each Vice
President shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the
office of Vice President and shall have such other powers and perform such other
duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the
Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or
the President.

             SECTION 7. Powers and Duties of the Secretary. The Secretary shall
keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and the minutes of
all meetings of the stockholders in books provided for that purpose; he shall
attend to the giving or serving of all notices of the Corporation; he shall have
custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to
such documents and other papers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive
Officer or the President shall authorize and direct; he shall have charge of the
stock certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers and such other books
and papers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the
President shall direct, all of which shall at all reasonable


                                      -16-

<PAGE>



times be open to the examination of any Director, upon application, at the
office of the Corporation during business hours; and whenever required by the
Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or
the President shall render statements of such accounts; and he shall have all
powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and
shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may
from time to time be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of
Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the
President.

             SECTION 8. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer. The Treasurer shall
have custody of, and when proper shall pay out, disburse or otherwise dispose
of, all funds and securities of the Corporation which may have come into his
hands; he may endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection checks, notes
and other obligations and shall deposit the same to the credit of the
Corporation in such bank or banks or depositary or depositaries as the Board of
Directors may designate; he shall sign all receipts and vouchers for payments
made to the Corporation; he shall enter or cause to be entered regularly in the
books of the Corporation kept for the purpose full and accurate accounts of all
moneys received or paid or otherwise disposed of by him and whenever required by
the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer
or the President shall render


                                      -17-

<PAGE>



statements of such accounts; he shall, at all reasonable times, exhibit his
books and accounts to any Director of the Corporation upon application at the
office of the Corporation during business hours; and he shall have all powers
and he shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and shall
also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time
to time be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the
Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

             SECTION 9. Additional Officers. The Board of Directors may from
time to time elect such other officers (who may but need not be Directors),
including a Controller, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and
Assistant Controllers, as the Board may deem advisable and such officers shall
have such authority and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be
assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief
Executive Officer or the President.

             The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution delegate
to any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers any of the powers or duties
herein assigned to the Treasurer; and may similarly delegate to any Assistant
Secretary or Assistant Secretaries any of the powers or duties herein assigned
to the Secretary.



                                      -18-

<PAGE>



             SECTION 10. Giving of Bond by Officers. All officers of the
Corporation, if required to do so by the Board of Directors, shall furnish bonds
to the Corporation for the faithful performance of their duties, in such
penalties and with such conditions and security as the Board shall require.

             SECTION 11. Voting Upon Stocks. Unless otherwise ordered by the
Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of
the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote, or in the name of the
Corporation to execute proxies to vote, at any meeting of stockholders of any
corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and at any such meeting
shall possess and may exercise, in person or by proxy, any and all rights,
powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. The Board of
Directors may from time to time, by resolution, confer like powers upon any
other person or persons.

             SECTION 12. Compensation of Officers. The officers of the
Corporation shall be entitled to receive such compensation for their services as
shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.




                                      -19-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV
                    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

             Section 1. Nature of Indemnity. The Corporation shall indemnify any
person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or
was or has agreed to become a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or
was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a
Director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or
omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or
is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason
of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of
the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of
the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner
he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or


                                      -20-

<PAGE>



proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; except
that in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to
procure a judgment in its favor (1) such indemnification shall be limited to
expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such
person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (2) no
indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation
unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court
in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that,
despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of
the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such
expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem
proper.

             The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment,
order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not
act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct
was unlawful.



                                      -21-

<PAGE>



             Section 2. Successful Defense. To the extent that a Director,
officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits
or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section
1 of this Article IV or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he
shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

             Section 3. Determination that Indemnification is Proper. Any
indemnification of a Director or officer of the Corporation under Section 1 of
this Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation
unless a determination is made that indemnification of the Director or officer
is not proper in the circumstances because he has not met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any indemnification of an employee
or agent of the Corporation under Section 1 (unless ordered by a court) may be
made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the
employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any such determination
shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum
consisting of Directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding,
or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of
disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written
opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.


                                      -22-

<PAGE>





             Section 4. Advance Payment of Expenses. Unless the Board of
Directors otherwise determines in a specific case, expenses incurred by a
Director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding
shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such
action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the
Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined
that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in
this Article IV. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so
paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems
appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation's legal
counsel to represent such Director, officer, employee or agent in any action,
suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action,
suit or proceeding.

             Section 5. Survival; Preservation of Other Rights. The foregoing
indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the
Corporation and each Director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any
such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant
provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law are in effect and any repeal
or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing
with respect to any state of facts then or


                                      -23-

<PAGE>



previously existing or any action, suit, or proceeding previously or thereafter
brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.
Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of
such Director, officer, employee or agent.

             The indemnification provided by this Article IV shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under
any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or
otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person
who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to
the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The
corporation may enter into an agreement with any of its Directors, officers,
employees or agents providing for indemnification and advancement of expenses,
including attorneys fees, that may change, enhance, qualify or limit any right
to indemnification or advancement of expenses created by this Article IV.

             Section 6. Severability. If this Article IV or any portion hereof
shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then
the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director or officer and may
indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and


                                      -24-

<PAGE>



expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgment, fines and amounts paid in
settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the
right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable
portion of this Article IV that shall not have been invalidated and to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

             Section 7. Subrogation. In the event of payment of indemnification
to a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV, the Corporation shall be
subrogated to the extent of such payment to any right of recovery such person
may have and such person, as a condition of receiving indemnification from the
Corporation, shall execute all documents and do all things that the Corporation
may deem necessary or desirable to perfect such right of recovery, including the
execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to
enforce any such recovery.

             Section 8. No Duplication of Payments. The Corporation shall not be
liable under this Article IV to make any payment in connection with any claim
made against a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV to the extent
such person has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, by-law
or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable as indemnity hereunder.


                                      -25-

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE V
                             Stock-Seal-Fiscal Year

             SECTION 1. Certificates For Shares of Stock. The certificates for
shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with
the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the Board of
Directors. All certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the
President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or
the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall not be valid unless so
signed.

             In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such
certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the
Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such
certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such
certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though
the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased
to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

             All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively
numbered as the same are issued. The name of the person owning the shares
represented thereby with the number of such shares and the date of issue thereof
shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.


                                      -26-

<PAGE>





             Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered to the
Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled, and no new certificates shall be
issued until former certificates for the same number of shares have been
surrendered and cancelled.

             SECTION 2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. Whenever a
person owning a certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation alleges that
it has been lost, stolen or destroyed, he shall file in the office of the
Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his knowledge and belief,
the time, place and circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction, and, if
required by the Board of Directors, a bond of indemnity or other indemnification
sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation
and its agents against any claim that may be made against it or them on account
of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the
issuance of a new certificate in replacement therefor. Thereupon the Corporation
may cause to be issued to such person a new certificate in replacement for the
certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed. Upon the stub of
every new certificate so issued shall be noted the fact of such issue and the
number, date and the name of the registered owner of the lost, stolen or
destroyed certificate in lieu of which the new certificate is issued.


                                      -27-

<PAGE>




             SECTION 3. Transfer of Shares. Shares of stock of the Corporation
shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, in
person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender and
cancellation of certificates for the number of shares of stock to be
transferred, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article IV.

             SECTION 4. Regulations. The Board of Directors shall have power and
authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning
the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the
Corporation.

             SECTION 5. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine
the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders
or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action,
as the case may be, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which shall not be (i) more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before
the date of such meeting, or (ii) in the case of corporate action to be taken by
consent in writing without a meeting, prior to, or more than ten (10) days
after, the date upon which the resolution


                                      -28-

<PAGE>



fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, or (iii) more than
sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

             If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall
be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is
given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining
stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without
a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be
the day on which the first written consent is delivered to the Corporation; and
the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at
the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the
resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled
to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any
adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may
fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

             SECTION 6. Dividends. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate
of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have power to declare and pay
dividends upon shares of stock of the Corporation, but only out of funds
available for the payment of dividends as provided by law.


                                      -29-

<PAGE>





             Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, any
dividends declared upon the stock of the Corporation shall be payable on such
date or dates as the Board of Directors shall determine. If the date fixed for
the payment of any dividend shall in any year fall upon a legal holiday, then
the dividend payable on such date shall be paid on the next day not a legal
holiday.

             SECTION 7. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors shall provide a
suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be kept
in the custody of the Secretary. A duplicate of the seal may be kept and be used
by any officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors, the
Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

             SECTION 8.  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the
Corporation shall be such fiscal year as the Board of Directors
from time to time by resolution shall determine.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                            Miscellaneous Provisions

             SECTION 1.  Checks, Notes, Etc.  All checks, drafts, bills
of exchange, acceptances, notes or other obligations or orders


                                      -30-

<PAGE>



for the payment of money shall be signed and, if so required by the Board of
Directors, countersigned by such officers of the Corporation and/or other
persons as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate.

             Checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes, obligations
and orders for the payment of money made payable to the Corporation may be
endorsed for deposit to the credit of the Corporation with a duly authorized
depository by the Treasurer and/or such other officers or persons as the Board
of Directors from time to time may designate.

             SECTION 2. Loans. No loans and no renewals of any loans shall be
contracted on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the Board of
Directors. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may
effect loans and advances for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or
other institution or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such
loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or
other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. When authorized so to do,
any officer or agent of the Corporation may pledge, hypothecate or transfer, as
security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and
liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, securities and other
personal property at any time held by the Corporation,


                                      -31-

<PAGE>



and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same. Such authority may be
general or confined to specific instances.


             Section 3. Contracts. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws
or by law or as otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of
the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President
shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the
Corporation, all agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other
instruments, either for the Corporation's own account or in a fiduciary or other
capacity, and the seal of the Corporation, if appropriate, shall be affixed
thereto by any of such officers or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The
Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President or any Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, the
Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may
authorize any other officer, employee or agent to execute and deliver, in the
name and on behalf of the Corporation, agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds,
mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation's own account or in
a fiduciary or other capacity, and, if appropriate, to affix the seal of the
Corporation thereto. The grant of such authority by the Board or any such
officer may be general or confined to specific instances.



                                      -32-

<PAGE>



             SECTION 4. Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice whatever is
required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these
By-Laws to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the
person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

             SECTION 5. Offices Outside of Delaware. Except as otherwise
required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may have an
office or offices and keep its books, documents and papers outside of the State
of Delaware at such place or places as from time to time may be determined by
the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   Amendments

             These By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or
repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors at any
regular or special meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the
members of the Board, provided in the case of any special meeting at which all
of the members of the Board are not present, that the notice of such meeting
shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws was one of the purposes of
the meeting; but these By-Laws and any amendment thereof, may be altered,
amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the holders of a majority
of the total outstanding


                                      -33-

<PAGE>


stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual meeting or at any
special meeting, provided, in the case of any special meeting, that notice of
such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is included in the
notice of the meeting.


                                      -34-




<PAGE>

                                      LOGO

COMMON STOCK                                                COMMON STOCK
                            Visual Edge Systems Inc.
   NUMBER                                                      SHARES



                            Visual Edge Systems Inc.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS                            CUSIP 928430 10 7
 OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE                 SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS




THIS CERTIFIES that






is the owner of

              FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                      OF THE PAR VALUE OF $.01 PER SHARE OF

                            VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC.

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or 
by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly 
endorsed. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and 
shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of 
Incorporation of the Corporation and any amendments thereto, to all of which the
holder, by acceptance hereof, assents.
This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and
registered by the Registrar.
WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures
of its duly authorized officers.



Dated:




/s/ Earl Takefman                           /s/ Alan Lubell
- -------------------------------------      ------------------------------------
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND SECRETARY      CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD


                                 CORPORATE SEAL
                            VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC.
                                  1994 DELAWARE


Countersigned and Registered:
                    AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
                             (New York, N.Y.)       Transfer Agent and Registrar

By

                                                              Authorized Officer
<PAGE>
                            VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC.

    THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO 
REQUESTS A STATEMENT OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS OF
EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR
RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS.

    The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of
this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM-  as tenants in common        UNIF GIFT MIN ACT- _____Custodian________
TEN ENT-  as tenants by the entireties                   (Cust)         (Minor)
JT TEN-   as joint tenants with                   under Uniform Gifts to Minors
          right of survivorship and               Act__________________________
          not as tenants in common                            (State)


    Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,___________________ hereby sell, assign and tranfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
    IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
 (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS OF ASSIGNEE)

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________Shares

of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate and do hereby

irrevocably constitute and appoint______________________________________Attorney

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with 

full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated ________________________________





                        _______________________________________________________
                        NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST 
                        CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF
                        THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION
                        OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.



Signature(s) Guaranteed:



______________________________________________________________
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR
INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS
AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE
GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.


<PAGE>

NUMBER                                                                  WARRANT
V                                                             CUSIP 928430 11 5

                                [LOGO]      VISUAL
                                              EDGE
                                  Systems Inc.
                       VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME
                             ON                , 2000

                       REDEEMABLE WARRANT CERTIFICATE FOR
                       PURCHASE OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

                            Visual Edge Systems Inc.

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, 

or registered assigns, is the owner of the number of warrants set forth above.
Each Warrant (subject to adjustments as hereinafter referred to) entitles the
owner hereof to purchase at any time from               , 1997 until 5:00 p.m.
Eastern Time on                , 2000 one fully paid and non-assessable share of
common stock (the "Common Stock") of Visual Edge Systems Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company") (such shares of Common Stock being hereinafter
referred to as "Shares" or a "Share"), upon payment of the warrant price (as
hereinafter described), provided, however, that under certain conditions set
forth in the Warrant Agreement hereinafter mentioned, the number of Shares
purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant may be increased or reduced and
the warrant price may be adjusted. Subject to adjustment as aforesaid, the
warrant price per Share (hereinafter called the "Warrant Price") shall be $
per Share if exercised on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on                 ,
2000. As provided in said Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Price is payable upon
the exercise of the Warrant, either in cash or by certified check or bank draft
to the order of the Company.

         Under certain conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, this
Warrant may be called for redemption on or after              , 1997, at a
redemption price of $0.10 per Warrant upon 30 days' written notice.

         Upon the exercise of this Warrant, the form of election to purchase on
the reverse hereof must be properly completed and executed. In the event that
this Warrant is exercised in respect of not less than all of such Shares, a new
Warrant for the remaining number of Shares will be issued on such surrender.

         This Warrant is issued under and the rights represented hereby are
subject to the terms and provisions contained in a Warrant Agreement dated as of
             , 1996, by and among the Company, American Stock Transfer & Trust
Company, as Warrant Agent (the "Warrant Agent") and Whale Securities Co., L.P.,
all upon the terms and provisions of which the registered holder of this
Warrant, by acceptance hereof, assents. Reference is hereby made to said Warrant
Agreement for a more complete statement of the rights and limitations of rights
of the registered holders hereof, the rights and duties of the Warrant Agent and
the rights and obligations of the Company thereunder. Copies of said Warrant
Agreement are on file at the office of the Warrant Agent.

         The Company shall not be required upon the exercise of this Warrant to
issue fractions of Shares, but shall make adjustment therefor in cash on the
basis of the current market value of any fractional interest as provided in the
Warrant Agreement.
<PAGE>

         This Warrant is transferable at the office of the Warrant Agent (or of
its successor as Warrant Agent) by the registered holder hereof in person or by
attorney duly authorized in writing, but only in the manner and subject to the
limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement and upon surrender of this Warrant
and the payment of any transfer taxes. Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant or
new Warrants of different denominations, of this tenor and representing in the
aggregate the right to purchase a like number of Shares will be issued to the
transferee in exchange for this Warrant.

         This Warrant, when surrendered at the office of the Warrant Agent (or
its successor as Warrant Agent) by the registered holder hereof in person or by
attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged in the manner and subject
to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, for another Warrant, or
other Warrants of different denominations, of like tenor and representing in the
aggregate the right to purchase a like number of Shares equal to the number of
such Warrants.

         If this Warrant Certificate shall be surrendered for exercise within
any period during which the transfer books for the Company's Common Stock or
other securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants are closed for
any purpose, the Company shall not be required to make delivery of certificates
for the securities purchasable upon exercise until the date of the reopening of
said transfer books.

         The holder of this Warrant shall not be entitled to any of the rights
of a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof.

         This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the
Warrant Agent.

         WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures
of its duly authorized officers.

                                             VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC.

Dated

BY                                            BY

/S/ EARL TAKEFMAN                              /S/ ALAN LUBELL
- ------------------------------                -----------------------------
EARL TAKEFMAN                                 ALAN LUBELL
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER                       CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD      
  AND SECRETARY                  
                                  
COUNTERSIGNED:
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
      (NEW YORK, N.Y.)
                       AS WARRANT AGENT 

BY


                   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

                                     [SEAL]

<PAGE>


                              ELECTION TO PURCHASE
     To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Exercise Warrants

 To: Visual Edge Systems Inc.
c/o: American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
     40 Wall Street
     New York, New York 10005

     The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of purchase
represented by the within Warrant(s) for and to purchase thereunder,
______________________ shares of Common Stock provided for therein and tenders
herewith payment of the purchase price in full to the order of the Corporation
and requests that certificates for such shares shall be issued in the name of

  PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
   OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________
                          (Please Print or Typewrite)

and be delivered to___________________________________________________________
                                     (Name)

at____________________________________________________________________________
   (Street Address)         (City)        (State)          (Zip Code)

and, if said number of shares shall not be all the shares purchasable
thereunder, that a new Warrant for the balance remaining of the shares
purchasable under the within Warrant be registered in the name of, and delivered
to, the undersigned at the address stated below:

The undersigned represents that the exercise of the within Warrant was solicited
by a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers. If not solicited
by an NASD member, please write "unsolicited" in the space below. Unless
otherwise indicated by listing the name of another NASD member firm, it will be
assumed that the exercise was solicited by Whale Securities Co., L.P.

Dated:_____________________, 19___
                                    Signature:_________________________________
Name:_____________________________            Note: The above signature must
      (Please Print or Typewrite)             correspond with the name as
                                              written upon the face of this
Address:__________________________            Warrant or with the name of the
              (Street)                        assignee appearing in the
                                              assignment form below in every
__________________________________            particular without alteration
(City)   (State)   (Zip Code)                 or enlargement or any change
                                              whatever.

                                     *Signature Guaranteed:____________________
                                               ________________________________

                                               ________________________________
                                                PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
                                                 OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
<PAGE>

                                   ASSIGNMENT

For value received_______________________________________hereby sell, assign and
transfer unto

     PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
_______________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee

_______________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________(__) Warrants
represented by the within Warrant certificate, together with all right, title
and interest therein, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

_______________________________________________________________________attorney,
to transfer said Warrant on the books of the within named Corporation, with full
power of substitution in the premises.

                                                        Dated:___________, 19___

                                       Signature:_______________________________
                                                 Note: The above signature must
                                                 correspond with the name as
                                                 written upon the face of this
                                                 Warrant in every particular 
                                                 without alteration or
                                                 enlargement or any change
                                                 whatever.

                                       *Signature Guaranteed:___________________

*In case of assignment, or if the Common Stock issued upon exercise is to be
registered in the name of a person other than the holder, the holder's signature
must be guaranteed by a commercial bank, trust company or an NASD member firm.


<PAGE>

                                                              July 9, 1996


Visual Edge Systems Inc.
7 West 51st Street
New York, NY 10019

                           Re:      Issuance of Shares Pursuant to
                                    Registration Statement on Form SB-2

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to Visual Edge Systems Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation and filing with
the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Act"), of a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (the "Registration
Statement") relating to the public offering by the Company of an aggregate of
1,520,000 shares (including 220,000 shares to be sold by certain selling
stockholders) (the "Shares") of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share (the "Common Stock"), and an aggregate of 1,300,000 Warrants (the
"Warrants") to purchase 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock.

         In so acting, we have examined originals, or copies certified or
otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Certificate of Incorporation of
the Company, as amended, the By-Laws of the Company, as amended, and such other
documents, records, certificates and other instruments as in our judgment are
necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion.

         Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been
duly authorized by the Company and, when issued and paid for as contemplated by
the Registration Statement, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and
non-assessable. In addition, we are of the opinion that the Warrants have been
duly authorized by the Company and, when issued and paid for as contemplated by
the Registration Statement, will be duly and validly issued.

         We render this opinion as members of the Bar of the State of New York
and express no opinion as to any law other than the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware.



<PAGE>




Visual Edge Systems Inc.
July 9, 1996
Page 2




         We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement and to the use of our name under the caption "Legal Matters" in the
Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are
acting within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7
of the Act.

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    /s/ MORGAN, LEWIS & BOCKIUS LLP
                                    ----------------------------------
                                        Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.1


                                LICENSE AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT is made as of March 1, 1995 (the "Agreement"), by and
between Greg Norman and Great White Shark Enterprises, Inc. (collectively
"Norman") and Visual Edge Systems Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Licensee").

                                    RECITALS

     A. Norman holds and controls the right to use, and to license the use of,
Greg Norman's name, image and likeness, caricature, endorsement, signature,
photographs and all biographical materials and all facsimiles thereof and all
goodwill pertaining thereto, for the purpose of trading on his name, reputation
and goodwill.

     B. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Licensee
wishes to license from Norman, and Norman is willing to grant to the Licensee,
certain endorsement rights which may be exploited in connection with the
promotion of the Concept (as defined hereafter).

                                    AGREEMENT

     In consideration of the above recitals and mutual promises and agreements
set forth herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

I.1  In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified or expressly required by the
     context, all defined terms appearing in this Agreement shall have the
     meanings ascribed thereto elsewhere herein or in this Article I, as
     applicable:

     I.1.1 "Advance' shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 2.1
           hereof;

     I.1.2 "Affiliate" means any officer, director, or principal shareholder of
           Licensee, or any other person who (or which) controls, is controlled
           by or is under the common control with (a) Licensee or (b) any such
           officer director or principal shareholder;

     I.1.3 "Agreement" means this Agreement as may be amended or supplemented;

     I.1.4 "Authorized Territory" means the entire world;

     I.1.5 "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any
           other day which is specified or provided for as a holiday by the
           United States, Canadian, or Florida State governments;


<PAGE>


       I.1.6  "Canadian Trade Marks Act" means the Trade Marks Act of Canada,
              cited as 1952-53 c. 29 (Can.), as amended from time to time, and
              the "American Trade Marks Act" means that certain act set forth at
              15 U.S.C.A. s.1051 et seq., as amended from time to time, or any
              successor statutory scheme to either thereof;

       I.1.7  "Concept" means an automated, operator less videotaping system
              that produces the Product consistent with the section entitled
              "System Design" of Section III. "Product Description" in the
              Business Plan of Golf Vision, Inc. dated January 27, 1995;

       I.1.8  "Contract Quarter" means the period of three (3) consecutive
              months following the commencement of the Contract Year.

       I.1.9  "Contract Year" means the period commencing on the first day of
              the first month following the Equity Date.

       I.1.10 "Customer" means any Person to whom or which a Sale is made;

       I.1.11 "Dollars" or "$" means legal currency of United States;

       I.1.12 "Equity" means a share certificate representing ten (10%) percent
              of the issued and outstanding participating shares in the capital
              stock of the Licensee. The shares shall be non-voting but shall
              have all other rights and privileges of other shares in the
              Licensee and shall be issued to Norman under the terms as
              described in the attached letter

       I.1.13 "Equity Date" means the date referred to in Paragraph 2.1 hereof;

       1.1.14 "Guaranteed Fees" means the guaranteed non-refundable fees payable
              by Licensee pursuant to Paragraph 5.1 hereof;

       I.1.15 "Initial Term" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Paragraph
              2.1 hereof;

       I.1.16 "Legal Opinion" means a letter of opinion signed by the Attorneys
              for the Licensee attesting to the fact that the share certificate
              registered in the name of Norman attached to such letter,
              represents ten (10%) percent of the issued and outstanding
              participating non-voting shares in the capital stock of the
              Licensee, but have all other rights and privileges of other shares
              in the Licensee.

       I.1.17 "Net Revenues" means total revenues, computed in United States
              Dollars, derived by Licensee and its Affiliates from the Sale of
              the Products at retail to Customers, which may exclude customary
              discounts, allowances, payments to golf club or range owners or
              golf professionals, sales taxes and returns of Products actually
              credited to Customers, provided that the total of these exclusions
              from the total Sales revenues of Licensee shall




                                       2
<PAGE>



              not be greater than 20% of the total retail Sales of the Product.

       I.1.18 "Norman Identification" shall mean any words or symbols or
              photographic or graphic representations, and Norman's signature or
              statements by Norman or combination thereof which identify Norman
              such as, for example, Norman's name and likeness, including any
              non-registered nicknames such as "Shark" or "Great White Shark",
              and including the right of use of any trademarks which are
              currently registered in and owned by Norman and which are listed
              on Schedule A to this Agreement and all common law rights therein
              and thereto. The Norman Identification shall not include the Shark
              Logo which is exclusively licensed to Reebok International Ltd.

       I.1.19 "Person" or "Persons" mean severally or collectively, as
              applicable, an individual, partnership, corporation, association,
              trust or other entity, other than the parties hereto;

       I.1.20 "Personal Appearance" means Greg Norman's appearance at any
              gathering sponsored, hosted or organized by Licensee for
              promotional or client-relations purposes, which appearance shall
              occur on a calendar day during the Term, shall not exceed six (6)
              hours in duration and shall not require Greg Norman's presence
              prior to 9:00 a.m. or later than 9:00 p.m. local time on such day;

       I.1.21 "Photography Session" means Greg Norman's participation in a video
              taping session in which film will be taken of Greg Norman to be
              used in connection with the sale and promotion of the Concept,
              which session shall occur on a Business Day during the Term, shall
              not exceed eight (8) hours in duration and shall not require Greg
              Norman's presence prior to 9:00 a.m. or later than 9:00 p.m. local
              time on such day;

       I.1.22 "Product" or "Products" means severally a video tape delivered to
              a consumer upon use of the Concept which has Greg Norman's golf
              swing or any other golf professional's swing compared to the
              user's golf swing as described in the section entitled "The Video
              Golf Lesson" of Section III. of the "Product Description" in the
              Business Plan for Golf Vision, Inc. dated January 27, 1995;

       I.1.23 "Provision" or "Provisions" means severally or collectively as
              applicable, all terms, conditions, provisions, covenants,
              obligations, undertakings, warranties and representations
              contained in this Agreement;

       I.1.24 "Prototypes" means a maximum of six prototypes of the Concept to
              be manufactured and tested by the Licensee during the Initial
              Term:

       I.1.25 "Right" or "Rights" means severally or collectively, as
              applicable, the right to use the Norman Identification and Trade
              Marks for the purposes of producing the Concept and promoting and
              advertising the Concept to the public in the Authorized Territory
              through the use of radio and television commercials and still
              photographs for point of sale




                                       3
<PAGE>


              and/or print advertising materials, including posters, programs,
              sales materials and advertisements in consumer and trade magazines
              and newspapers;

       I.1.26 "Rights Fees" means the Guaranteed Fees or the Royalties whichever
              is the greater;

       I.1.27 "Royalty" or "Royalties' means severally or collectively, as
              applicable, the royalty payments required to be made pursuant to
              Paragraph 5.2 hereof;

       I.1.28 "Royalty Statement" or "Royalty Statements" means severally and
              collectively, as applicable, the true, accurate and complete
              statements furnished by Licensee to Norman, setting forth the
              quantities of the Product sold during the period covered thereby,
              each of which statements shall be certified as accurate by the
              Chief Financial Officer of Licensee or its nominee, and shall be
              delivered concurrently with the payment of Royalties pursuant to
              Paragraph 5.4 hereof;

       1.1.29 "Sale" or "Sales" mean severally or collectively, as applicable, a
              sale or sales of the Product made to any person within the
              Authorized Territory;

       1.1.30 "Trade Mark" or "Trade Marks" mean severally or collectively, as
              applicable, those certain registered and unregistered trade marks,
              trade names, logos and insignias relating to or associated with
              Norman described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto (and not including
              the Trade Mark known as the Shark Logo which is exclusively
              licensed to Reebok International Ltd.), including any and all
              trade marks, trade names, service marks or service names which
              Norman shall register or in which Norman shall have a proprietary
              right after the date hereof, the use and conditions of use of
              which are stipulated in Article IX hereof; but said terms do not
              refer to any trade marks, trade names, logos or insignias which
              relate to or are associated with Licensee, which do not contain as
              a part thereof any of the Trade Marks, and which have no
              relationship or association with Norman; and "trade marks" and
              "trade names" have the meaning ascribed to them in the Canadian
              Trade Marks Act, the American Trade Marks Act and under all
              applicable laws, rules and regulations of each other jurisdiction
              having applicability;

       I.1.31 "Term" means the Initial Term together with any extension and/or
              renewal thereof: and

       I.1.32 "Workday" means any day, or portion thereof, during the Term on
              which a Personal Appearance or Photography Session shall be
              scheduled; provided that, if any combination of a Photography
              Session and Personal Appearance are scheduled on the same Workday,
              the total number of hours for which Greg Norman shall be required
              to render services shall not exceed eight (8) hours.



                                       4
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                                      TERM

II.1 Subject to Article X hereof, the Initial Term of this Agreement shall
commence as of the first day of March 1995 and shall expire upon the earlier of
(i) the date upon which the Licensee delivers the Equity, the Legal Opinion and
the first Contract Quarter's Guaranteed Fee ("Advance") to Norman, or (ii) June
30. 1996.

II.2 In the event that the Licensee delivers the Equity, the Legal Opinion and
the Advance to Norman prior to June 30, 1996, this Agreement shall be
automatically renewed for a period of three (3) Contract Years commencing July
1, 1996 and expiring June 30, 1999, (the "first Term"). In addition, the
Licensee shall have the right to renew this Agreement for two (2) additional
periods of five (5) years each (the "Renewal Term"). Any such renewal shall be
subject to the same terms and conditions as are contained herein save and except
that the Guaranteed Fees for each Renewal Term shall be as set forth in Article
V and there shall be no Advance paid at the commencement of any Renewal Term.
Any such renewal shall be exercised by the Licensee forwarding written notice to
Norman at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the First Term or any Renewal
Term thereafter.

                                   ARTICLE III

                              GRANT AND PERFORMANCE

III.1 Subject to the Provisions of this Agreement, during the Term, Norman
hereby grants to Licensee the right and license to use the Rights in association
with the Concept and the promotion of the Concept in all manners and media of
communication throughout the Authorized Territory. Licensee hereby retains
Norman to provide the Rights and Norman hereby accepts such retainer.
Notwithstanding the foregoing during the Initial Term the right and license
herein granted shall be limited to the Prototypes.

III.2 Subject to the Provisions of this Agreement and Licensee's compliance with
all terms and conditions hereof, Licensee shall have the right, during the
Initial Term to require Greg Norman to attend two (2) Photography Sessions.
Following the Initial Term the Licensee shall have the right during each year of
the Term, to require Norman to provide such services for two (2) Workdays per
year, each of which shall occur in Palm Beach or Martin Counties, Florida.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Norman may in his sole discretion, agree to
perform Workday services at a location other than Palm Beach or Martin Counties,
Florida if requested to do so by Licensee. Licensee shall utilize such Workdays
either for a Personal Appearance or Photography Session, in its sole discretion.
If Licensee fails to use any Workday during a given year during the Term,
Licensee shall not be entitled to carry over such unused Workday to subsequent
fiscal years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the Initial Term, the
Licensee shall have the right during the first year of the Term, to require
Norman to provide such services for three (3)


                                       5
<PAGE>

Work Days per year provided that no more than two (2) of the three (3) Work Days
shall be consecutive Work Days and provided further that during the next
following year of the Term Norman shall only be required to provide such
services for one (1) Work Day.

III.3 Subject to the Provisions of this Agreement, Greg Norman shall attend a
Personal Appearance or participate in a Photography Session on such date and at
such time and place that Licensee requests. Licensee shall notify Norman of the
proposed time and date of any such Workday at least thirty (30) days prior
thereto, and thereafter:

          III.3.1 Norman's approval and confirmation of his availability on such
          date shall be deemed to have been given if, upon the expiration of ten
          (10) days following the date Norman receives notice thereof, Norman
          has not notified Licensee in writing if his unavailability is due to a
          prior bona fide contractual commitment or his illness or injury, and
          if Norman notifies Licensee of his unavailability, the requested
          Workday shall be rescheduled based upon Norman's availability; and

          III.3.2 if, notwithstanding Greg Norman's approval and confirmation of
          his availability on such a date as shall have been earlier given, Greg
          Norman's illness or injury prevents his performing services on the
          actual designated Workday, Greg Norman shall use his best efforts to
          attend a rescheduled Workday as soon as possible thereinafter, subject
          always to the prior bona fide contractual commitments of Norman, and
          in such event, Norman shall not be responsible for any costs or
          expenses incurred by Licensee in connection therewith

III.4 Without limiting the generality of Paragraph 3.3 hereof, Licensee
specifically acknowledges that Greg Norman's commitments to the Professional
Golf Association Tour (PGA Tour) are prior bona fide contractual commitments
within the meaning of Paragraph 3.3 hereof, and that Greg Norman will be deemed
to be unavailable and unable to render personal services at any time during the
entire PGA Tour season provided however, that Norman may, in his sole
discretion, schedule a Workday during any such PGA Tour season, which Workday
shall be mutually acceptable to Norman and Licensee.

III.5 Licensee specifically acknowledges that all of the commitments now and
hereafter existing of Norman to any and all other Persons entitled to use all or
any portion of the Norman Identification and/or Norman personal services are
prior bona fide contractual commitments within the meaning of paragraph 3.3
hereof; provided that, nothing contained herein shall be deemed a waiver by
Licensee of the terms of Article VII hereof.

III.6 Greg Norman agrees that he will use his best efforts to render his
personal services hereunder in a competent, cooperative and artistic manner.
Notwithstanding the foregoing and provided Greg Norman shall not be required to
perform in any manner that may be likely to cause him bodily injury or illness,
Greg Norman shall comply with whatever reasonable instructions, suggestions and
recommendations Licensee may give in connection with the


                                       6
<PAGE>

rendition of his personal services.

III.7 If Greg Norman is unable to provide his personal services hereunder as the
result of the occurrence of any event or circumstance over which Norman has no
control (including without limitation, war, civil commotion, riot, earthquake,
fire, flood, inclement weather, strikes, work stoppage or slowdown, power
outages or other acts of God), then Greg Norman shall not be deemed to be in
breach hereunder as long as such personal services are provided by Greg Norman
as soon after the termination or cessation of such event or circumstance as is
reasonably practicable; and, in such event, the Term shall be extended for a
period equal to the duration of any such event or circumstance.

III.8 Greg Norman agrees that he shall cooperate and allow the Licensee to have
issued a life insurance policy on the life of Greg Norman in the amount of
$10,000,000.00. The Licensee shall pay for all premiums in respect of this life
insurance policy and shall arrange that all medical tests which may be
reasonably required by the insurers shall take place at Greg Norman's
convenience at his home in Martin County, Florida.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                             RIGHT OF PRIOR APPROVAL

IV.1 Norman shall have the right of prior approval of the Prototypes and the
final Concept, as well as the final form of the manner in which Licensee
proposes to exercise or utilize the Rights on the advertising and promotion of
the Prototypes and the Concept. Before finalizing the form of the Concept and of
any and all advertising or promotional material which in any way includes or
makes use of the Norman Identification, Licensee shall forward to Norman a
written proposal setting forth:

          IV.1.1 the proposed final form of the Concept;

          IV.1.2 the proposed manner in which Greg Norman would be required to
          render personal services hereunder;

          IV.1.3 any proposed script, story board, layout or other material to
          be used in connection with the Concept.

Norman's approval of any such proposal submitted by Licensee shall be
conclusively deemed to have been given if Norman has not notified Licensee of
his objection thereto within ten (10) days from the date Norman receives such
written proposal. Licensee agrees that it shall not be unreasonable for Norman
to withhold such approval if (a) Norman, in his sole and absolute discretion,
deems that the granting of such approval would conflict with or cause Norman or
Licensee to be in breach of any existing or pending contractual commitment
between Norman or any other person or (b) the proposed advertising or
promotional material (i) utilizes the Norman


                                       7
<PAGE>

Identification, or any part thereof, in conjunction, directly or indirectly,
with the name, image, likeness or endorsements of any other Person, (ii)
identifies, names, or otherwise refers to any supplier or manufacturer of any of
the component parts or other accessories used in connection with, or forming
part of, the Concept, (iii) requires Greg Norman to appear in clothing or to
hold, or be photographed with, any golf equipment or paraphernalia such that
Norman will be in breach of any other existing or pending contractual
commitments, or (iv) is not consistent with Licensee's obligations under
Paragraph 4.2 hereof.

IV.2 Licensee shall, at all times:

       IV.2.1 act with good taste and judgment in using the Rights;

       IV.2.2 portray and depict Norman in the Concept and in all advertising
              and promotional materials in a positive and enhancing manner and
              not depict or refer to Norman in a negative, degrading,
              argumentative, or controversial fashion or manner;

       IV.2.3 ensure that the Rights will not, without Norman's prior consent
              (which consent may be withheld by Norman in his sole discretion,
              be used by Licensee or any other person to endorse or promote any
              other concept, personage, matter or thing whatsoever:

       IV.2.4 ensure that the Concept is, and continues to be manufactured and
              distributed in strict accordance with Licensee's past practices
              and internal quality standards, as well as in strict compliance
              with all acceptable laws, regulations and other rules of each
              national state, local or other governmental body or agency having
              jurisdiction;

       IV.2.5 ensure to the best of Licensee's knowledge that the Concept, and
              Licensee's use of the Rights in association or connection
              therewith, will in no way infringe upon or violate any Trade Mark
              or Trade Name, or any trade mark, patent, patent rights, trade
              names, copyrights or other proprietary or contractual rights of
              any Person whatsoever;

IV.3 Subject to Paragraph 4.2 hereof, and upon the deemed or actual receipt of
Norman's approval as set forth in Paragraph 4.1 hereof, Licensee shall have the
right to (a) produce and market the Concept as so approved and (b) make copies
of, publish and distribute, in the manner approved by Norman, such approved
advertising or promotional materials in connection with the Concept within the
Authorized Territory, provided that Licensee shall not sell or otherwise
distribute such advertising or promotional materials to the public for gain.
Licensee shall not (i) deviate or depart form the terms of the written proposal
referred to in said paragraph 4.1 or (ii) revise, modify or create new versions
of any advertising or promotional materials, including television or radio
commercials, that shall not have been submitted to and approved by Norman, in
either such event without Norman's prior written approval, which approval shall
be obtained in accordance with the terms of Article IV

IV.4 Subject to the provisions of this Article IV and of Article IX hereof, the
Concept and all


                                       8
<PAGE>

print advertising and other promotional materials produced hereunder shall be
and remain the sole and absolute property of Licensee forever.

                                    ARTICLE V

                            CONSIDERATION FOR RIGHTS

V.1 Provided that this Agreement is extended beyond the Initial Term, Licensee
hereby agrees to pay Norman, without deduction or set off, a Guaranteed Fee of
$3,300,000 for the First Term, due and payable in equal quarterly installments
on the first day of each Contract Quarter of the First Term based on the
following schedule: First Contract Year - $600,000.00; Second Contract Year -
$1,000,000.00; Third Contract Year - $1,700,000.00. Thereafter the Guaranteed
Fee in first year of a Renewal Term shall be $1,300,000 and shall increase in
each subsequent Contract Year of any Renewal Term by the sum of $100,000 payable
in equal quarterly installments on the first day of each Contract Quarter of the
Term. The foregoing, collectively, are referred to as the "Guaranteed Fees". In
the event that this Agreement is not extended beyond the Initial Term. the
Licensee shall nevertheless pay Norman the sum of $50,000 on June 30, 1996.

V.2 Provided that this Agreement is extended beyond the Initial Term, Licensee
shall pay to Norman, without deduction or offset, except as otherwise provided
in section 5.3 hereof, a royalty payment equal to 8% of all Net Revenue derived
from Sales of the Product.

V.3 The Guaranteed Fees paid pursuant to Paragraph 5.1 hereof shall be credited
against the Royalties payable pursuant to paragraph 5.2 hereof and the Royalties
paid pursuant to paragraph 5.2 hereof shall be credited against the balance of
the Guaranteed Fees payable pursuant to paragraph 5.1 hereof;

V.4 Following the Initial Term and throughout the remainder of the First Term
and any Renewal Terms, Licensee shall furnish Royalty Statements to Norman on
the last day of the month immediately following the end of each Contract
Quarter, stating the Net Revenues and the amount of the Product sold by Licensee
during the applicable preceding Contract Quarter Licensee shall furnish Norman
with a final Royalty Statement sixty (60) days following the expiration of each
Contract Year of the Term. Royalties shall be payable in accordance with and
concurrently with the delivery of the relevant Royalty Statement after deducting
any Guaranteed Fee previously paid, as provided in paragraph 5.3.

V.5 Licensee shall keep and maintain true, accurate and complete books of
account, records and other pertinent accounting data of its gross Sales of the
Product, including the gross Sales of the Product to or by each Affiliate, if
any, and such books, records and other accounting data shall be kept for a
period of not less than two (2) years after the later date upon which the last
required Royalty Statement is furnished to Norman.


                                       9
<PAGE>

V.6 All Royalty Statements shall be furnished to Norman whether or not any
Product shall have been sold during the accounting period to which such Royalty
Statement refers. Receipt or acceptance by Norman of any Royalty Statement, or
any of the sums paid thereunder, shall not preclude Norman from challenging the
correctness thereof any time. At Norman's option, Norman may cause, at any time
and from time to time, during the Term or within two (2) years following the
termination of the this Agreement, upon twenty one (21) days' prior notice to
Licensee, a complete audit to be made of Licensee's entire business affairs and
records relating to Sales Statement(s) furnished by Licensee hereunder. Such
audit shall be conducted in a manner which interferes minimally with Licensee's
business. If such audit shall disclose a discrepancy of five percent (5%) or
more between the Royalties theretofore computed and paid by Licensee to Norman
for such period and the Royalties that should have been paid by Licensee to
Norman for such period as disclosed by such audit, then Licensee shall promptly
reimburse Norman for the reasonable costs of such audit, and shall promptly pay
to Norman the amount of such deficiency.

V.7 The Rights Fees shall be payable by Licensee to Norman in any event,
regardless of whether Licensee uses any or all of the Rights herein granted.

V.8 Licensee shall pay, or promptly reimburse Norman for, all reasonable
pre-approved expenses incurred by him in performing any personal services
hereunder, including without limitation:

    V.8.1 The expenses incurred by Norman in performing his personal services
          hereunder on a first class basis;

    V.8.2 If Norman's services required hereunder are performed outside the
          Florida area, first-class travel (including air travel, if elected by
          Norman of his private aircraft not to exceed $2 500 per operating hour
          (not to exceed $50,000.00 in any Contract Year and not to be charged
          if Norman is already at the requested location) first-class hotel and
          other accommodations (including meals and lodging), and reasonable out
          of pocket expenses incurred by Norman and one other person, that may
          be designated by him;

    V.8.3 In connection with the performance of any personal services requested
          by Norman hereunder, the expense of limousine transportation for him
          (and any other person specified in Paragraph 5.8.2 hereunder) from his
          home or hotel at which he may be staying, as applicable, to the
          location of the Photography Session or Personal Appearance, as
          applicable, and from such location back to Norman's home or hotel;

V.9 All amounts payable under this Agreement shall be paid in United States
Dollars. Norman may elect to have payments made by check, wire transfer or bank
transfer. Unless such election has been made in writing, all payments shall be
made by check drawn to the order of Norman and delivered to Bessemer Trust
Company of Florida, 222 Royal Palm Way, Palm Beach, FL 33480. Past due payments
hereunder shall bear interest at the rate of one percent (1%) per month. All
such checks shall be delivered by Licensee to Norman's address indicated below
unless Licensee shall have been notified otherwise.


                                       10
<PAGE>

V.10 In the event that the shares of the Licensee are ever offered in any
publicly traded securities market, the shares issued to Norman under this
Agreement shall be converted to have full voting privileges.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                    REPRESENTATIONS. WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

VI.1 In addition to all other representations, warranties and covenants of
Licensee herein, Licensee hereby represents, warrants and covenants to and with
Norman as follows:

     VI.1.1 Licensee is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
     good standing under the laws of Delaware and has all requisite corporate
     power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform all
     its duties and obligations set forth herein and to use the Rights. This
     Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of Licensee, enforceable
     against it in accordance with its terms;

     VI.1.2 Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the
     performance by Licensee of any of the Provisions hereof, constitutes a
     breach of or a default under Licensee's Charter or Bylaws, as amended, or
     any other charter documents of Licensee; any agreement, instrument or other
     document to which Licensee is a party or by which any of its assets or
     properties may be bound or affected; or any judgment, order, regulation.
     statute, ordinance or rule having any applicability to Licensee or any of
     its assets or properties;

     VI.1.3 The Concept is, and shall at all times during the Term continue to
     be, manufactured and distributed by Licensee in accordance with all
     national, state, local, and other laws, regulations, rules and orders
     having applicability thereto, and all advertising and promotional materials
     used by Licensee in connection with the Concept will be in compliance with
     all national, state, local and other laws, regulations, rules and standards
     having applicability thereto;

     VI.1.4 Licensee shall, at all times during the Term, remain duly qualified
     to carry out its business and to manufacture and distribute the Concept in
     all jurisdictions in which it conducts business;

     VI.1.5 Norman shall not be under any obligation to pay any commission or
     other fee to Licensee, or any agent or representative thereof, on account
     of this Agreement;

VI.2 Norman hereby represents and warrants to Licensee that (a) he has the full
right and power to enter into this Agreement, to perform all of his obligations
hereunder and to grant all rights hereunder without violating the legal or
equitable of any other Person, (b) neither the


                                       11
<PAGE>

execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the Performance by Norman of any
other Provisions hereof, constitutes a breach of or a default under any
agreement, instrument or other document to which Norman is a party or by which
any of his assets or properties may be bound or affected or any judgment, order,
regulation, statute, ordinance or rule having applicability to Licensee or any
of his assets or properties (c) this Agreement is a valid and binding obligation
of Norman, enforceable against him in accordance with its terms; (d) Licensee
shall not be under any obligation to pay any commissions to any agent or
representative of Norman on account of this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         NON-COMPETITION AND EXCLUSIVITY

VII.1 Subject to the provisions of this Article VII, during the Term, Norman
shall not enter into any agreement to grant any rights similar to the Rights to
any Person with respect to any concept which is the same as or confusingly
similar to the Concept or the Product. The parties agree that the
self-instructional golf video product known as Better Golf or any other form of
golf instructional video or multi-media presentation for teaching golf
techniques is not the same as or confusingly similar to the Concept of the
Product.

VII.2 The restrictions set forth in Article VII are not intended to preclude and
shall not preclude Norman from appearing in the sports, entertainment, news or
information portion of:

     VII.2. 1 any form of media whatsoever, including, without limitation, print
     media, television programs and broadcasts, radio programs and broadcasts,
     television and radio series, newscasts, documentaries, video tapes and
     video discs that do not compete with the Product; sound tracks, motion
     pictures and any other form of media that has been, or may in the future
     be, conceived, developed or invented, by any process, instrumentation or
     device now known or hereafter developed; or

     VII.2.2 any athletic tournament match or outing

in which or in connection with which concepts or services are advertised,
publicized, featured or otherwise dealt with that are the same as or confusingly
similar to or competitive with the Concept or the Product.

VII.3 Licensee acknowledges and agrees that the grant to it of the Rights is
restricted to use in the Concept by Licensee within the Authorized Territory,
and Licensee agrees that it has no right or entitlement to, and that it shall
not:

     VII.3.1 use the Rights in connection with the promotion, sale or other
     dealings with any other concept or concepts;


                                       12
<PAGE>

     VII.3.2 license or permit others to use or rely upon any or all the Rights
     except in association with the Concept;

     VII.3.3 permit or authorize the use of the Norman Identification in any
     joint promotion of the Concept with any other concepts or services, whether
     of its own or any other Person, without the prior written approval of
     Norman, which approval may be withheld in his sole and absolute discretion.

VII.4 The parties agree that the use of any portion of the self-instructional
golf video product known as Better Golf in connection with the Product is
subject to the consent of the owners of Eagle One Pty. Ltd., the proprietor of
Better Golf, which Norman agrees to attempt to obtain by April 1, 1995. The
parties further agree that this Agreement is subject to Norman's confirmation on
or before April 1, 1995 from Eagle One Pty. Ltd. that no conflict exists between
the Better Golf program and the Concept.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                    INDEMNITY

VIII.1 Licensee shall indemnify, and shall save, defend and hold Norman, and his
heirs, executors, and representatives (individually an "Indemnitee"), free and
harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, causes of action, losses,
damages, expenses and/or other liabilities (including without limitation,
reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs) which the Indemnitee may incur or to
which such Indemnitee may be subject, relating to or arising out of (a)
Licensee's breach of any of the Provisions of this Agreement; (b) Norman's
actions or omissions in connection with the performance of his obligations under
this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any actions or omissions which
constitute negligence on the part of Norman; (c) the manufacture, sale,
promotion, advertisement and/or distribution of the Concept (including without
limitation. the sale of any damaged, nonconforming or defective Product),
regardless of who manufactured or distributed the Product giving rise to any
such claim; (d) any allegation or claim that Licensee (i) has violated any state
or federal securities laws, or otherwise committed any acts or omissions
constituting fraud, willful misconduct or negligence, whether such allegation is
brought as a derivative action or by a shareholder of Licensee on his/her own
capacity and/or (ii) has misrepresented the nature of the relationship between
Norman and Licensee, or the nature of the Rights obtained from Norman pursuant
to this Agreement; and/or (e) the wrongful use or violation by Licensee of any
copyrights, trademarks, trade names or other proprietary rights which may be the
property of any third party.

VIII.2 Norman shall indemnify, and shall save, defend, and hold Licensee, its
shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents and other representatives
(individually, a "Licensee Indemnitee"), free and harmless, from and against any
and all claims, demands causes of action, losses, damages, expenses and/or
liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and court
costs) relating to or arising out of (a) Norman's breach of any of the
Provisions of


                                       13
<PAGE>

this Agreement and/or (b) any allegation or claim that Norman has misrepresented
the nature of the relationship between himself and Licensee, or the nature of
the Rights granted by Norman to Licensee pursuant this Agreement.

VIII.3 Licensee shall, at its own expense, place and maintain insurance of an
amount, type and form with an insurance company approved and satisfactory to
Norman, or under any existing insurance which Licensee shall have in force and
effect from time to time, in Licensee's sole discretion, to fully protect Norman
from all potential claims and demands of whatsoever nature and kind made against
Norman that Licensee is required to indemnify against hereunder. Norman shall be
an additional named insured under all such contracts of insurance which shall be
maintained in full force and effect by Licensee from the date hereof to and
including the expiry of six (6) months following the termination of this
Agreement. Licensee shall ensure that Norman shall receive not less than thirty
(30) day's prior notice of the insurance company's (or companies') intention to
cancel such contracts of insurance, and that Norman shall receive notice of any
and all defaults by Licensee under such contracts of insurance. Licensee's
obligation to place and maintain insurance pursuant to this paragraph 8.3 may
not be revoked, amended or otherwise modified in any manner whatsoever by the
parties hereto, without the prior written approval of Norman, which approval may
be withheld in his sole and absolute discretion.

VIII.4 Licensee shall, within fifteen (15) days following the execution of this
Agreement, forward to Norman appropriate certificates of insurance indicating
compliance by Licensee with the requirements of Paragraph 8.3 hereof.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   TRADE MARKS

IX.1 Licensee acknowledges that Norman is the sole and absolute owner of all
Trade Marks; its use of such Trade Marks will inure to the sole benefit of
Norman (and Licensee shall acquire no rights therein by virtue of this
Agreement); and Licensee shall not, without the prior written consent of Norman,
which consent may be withheld in his sole discretion, use or attempt to use, or
register or attempt to register any such Trade Marks under the Canadian Trade
Marks Act, the American Trade Marks Act or any other similar legislation of any
other country or jurisdiction. The prior written consent of Norman, if provided,
may be conditioned upon any and all such terms and provisions as he may, is his
sole and absolute discretion. determine.

IX.2 Licensee acknowledges that nothing herein contained shall obligate Norman
to:

     IX.2. 1 register any Trade Marks under the Canadian Trade Marks Act, the
     American Trade Marks Act, or any other similar legislation of Canada, the
     United States or under corresponding laws or legislation of any other
     country, state, or jurisdiction.

     IX.2.2 dissuade any third party from using, attempting to use, registering
     or attempting to


                                       14
<PAGE>

     register any Trade Mark or Trade Marks; or

     IX.2.3 indemnify or hold Licensee harmless from or against any loss,
     liability, expense, damages, claims, suits, proceedings, actions,
     judgments, assessments, penalties, orders for specific performance or
     otherwise, indemnities and costs of any kind whatever those arising out of
     or occurring as a result if the use by Licensee of the Trade Marks.

IX.3 Nothing contained in this Article IX shall prevent Licensee from using any
of the Norman Identification in connection with the advertising, promotion or
Sale of the Concept within the Authorized Territory.

IX.4 If requested by Norman, Licensee shall use its best efforts to assist
Norman in executing any and all agreements and instruments and filing all
applicable to enable documents that may be necessary or appropriate to enable
Norman to obtain protection with respect to each and every Trade Mark that may
be included in any advertising or promotional materials used by Licensee
hereunder

IX.5 If either party discovers that the Rights are infringed, it shall
communicate the details to the other party. Licensee shall thereupon have the
right, but not the obligation, to take whatever action it deems necessary,
including the filing of lawsuits to protect the rights of the parties to this
Agreement and to terminate such infringement. Norman shall cooperate with
Licensee if Licensee takes any such action, but all expenses of Licensee shall
be borne by Licensee. If Licensee recovers any damages or compensation for any
action it takes hereunder in excess of its costs of prosecution of the
infringement. such damages or compensation shall be subject to the Royalty. In
the event that Licensee does not bring an action in respect of the infringement,
Norman shall also have the right, but not the obligation, to take any such
action, in which case Licensee shall cooperate with Norman, but all of Norman's
expenses shall be borne by Norman. In this event, Norman shall receive 100% of
any damages or compensation it recovers for any such infringement.

                                    ARTICLE X

                             DEFAULT AND TERMINATION

X.1  Norman may, at his option, terminate this Agreement if:

     X.1.1 Licensee fails to make any payment to Norman when due;

     X.1.2 Licensee breaches or fails to observe, perform or keep any material
           Provision on its part to be observed, performed or kept pursuant to
           this Agreement, including without imitation, any material
           representation, warranty or covenant of Licensee hereunder,

     X.1.3 Licensee (a) files, or has filed against it, and does not take
           immediate steps to


                                       15
<PAGE>

          quash, any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement or
          other protection under any state, federal or other applicable
          jurisdiction's bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws: (b) is declared
          bankrupt or becomes insolvent; (c) consents to the appointment of a
          receiver, trustee or assignee for the benefit of its creditors or
          makes any such assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (d)
          winds-up or ceases to carry on the business and affairs of Licensee

X.2 If Norman shall exercise his option to terminate this Agreement upon the
occurrence of any one or more of the events stipulated in Paragraph 10.1 hereof,
then this Agreement shall terminate ninety (90) days after notice thereof to
Licensee, provided that if Licensee shall have failed to make any payment
required by Paragraph 10.1.1 hereof, Licensee shall have ten (10) Business Days
from receipt of written notice of such default by which to cure such default and
provided further that, upon the occurrence of any other event specified in
Paragraph 10.1 hereof, (other than as stipulated in said Paragraph 10.1.1)
Licensee shall have thirty (30) days from the date of such notice from Norman to
Licensee to cure such default. Neither the termination of this Agreement by
Norman nor Norman's right to so terminate this Agreement shall be its exclusive
remedy and neither shall in any way affect:

          X.2. 1 the obligation of Licensee to pay the Rights Fees or any other
          amounts hereunder;

          X.2.2 the right of Norman to enforce the receipt and collection of the
          Rights Fees of other amounts payable by the Licensee hereunder;

          X.2.3 the right of Norman to enforce any of the Provisions of this
          Agreement against Licensee;

          X.2.4 the right of Norman to sue for damages or to seek and obtain
          equitable relief (including without limitation, injunctive relief or
          an order for specific performance), or

          X.2.5 the right of Norman to pursue any other legal or equitable
          remedies, whether for a breach of this Agreement by Licensee or
          otherwise.

X.3 With particular reference to Paragraph 10.2.4 hereof, the parties
acknowledge and agree that the failure of Licensee to observe, perform or keep
all of the Provisions on its part to be so observed, performed or kept, would
result in irreparable harm and injury to Norman which could not be adequately
compensated for in damages and that, in such event, Norman shall be entitled to
equitable relief (including without limitation, specific performance, temporary
restraining orders and/or preliminary or permanent injunctions), in addition to
all other remedies to which Norman may be entitled hereunder or at law.

X.4 Licensee may, at its option, terminate this Agreement if, and only if, Greg
Norman (a) dies; (b) voluntarily enters a substance abuse clinic, center or
similar program; (c) commits an act or becomes involved in any situation or
occurrence within the Authorized Territory that results in


                                       16
<PAGE>

a criminal conviction therein which, in the good faith discretion of Licensee,
would materially damage or impair the goodwill or reputation of Norman; or (d)
breaches or fails to observe, perform or keep any material Provision on his part
to be observed, performed or kept pursuant to this Agreement. If Licensee shall
exercise its option to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Paragraph
10.5, then this Agreement shall terminate ninety (90) days after notice thereof
to Norman. Licensee shall not be entitled to claim the return of any moneys paid
to Norman prior to termination or to claim any further or other relief or
damages against Norman. If Licensee so terminates this Agreement, Norman shall
nonetheless be entitled to receive and retain all of the Rights Fees, including
all Royalties accrued to the date of such termination.

X.5 Upon the termination of this Agreement, all rights granted hereunder to
Licensee (including without limitation. the Rights) shall forthwith cease,
terminate and revert to Norman and Licensee shall have no other or further right
to utilize or exploit the Rights thereafter. Upon such expiration or
termination, Licensee shall:

          X.5.1 forthwith cease use of the Rights in any manner whatsoever,
          including without limitation, the cessation of the use of any Trade
          Marks and any still photographs, prints or other advertising,
          promotional or sales materials, regardless of the media or form in
          which they are used, in which the Norman Identification are used:

          X.5.2 not make use of or otherwise distribute any further copies of
          any advertising or promotional materials approved hereunder in any
          manner whatsoever; and

          X.5.3 forthwith destroy or transfer to any Person designated by Norman
          any such advertising or promotional materials which it then or
          thereafter has in its possession or under its control and use its best
          efforts to remove or cause the removal of, all existing copies of such
          materials from public display, provided however, that Licensee shall
          be allowed to keep a limited number of copies of the Product and a
          limited number of copies of any advertising or promotional materials
          relating thereto, for historical and/or administrative purposes.
          Licensee hereby agrees that such copies retained pursuant to this
          Paragraph 10.5.3 shall not be used for any commercial purposes
          whatsoever.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the six (6) consecutive months following
the termination of this Agreement, Licensee shall be permitted to distribute and
sell its then existing inventory of the Product and utilize any existing signage
that depicts Greg Norman and the Provisions of this Agreement shall continue to
apply during such period, including without limitation, all Provisions relating
to the Royalties payable with respect to Sales of the Product during such six
(6) month period and Licensee's obligation to provide Royalty Statements
pursuant to Article V hereof.

Within thirty (30) days following such termination, Licensee shall furnish to
Norman a certificate of an officer of Licensee certifying it compliance with
the Provisions of this Paragraph 10.5.


                                       17
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                     NOTICES

XI.1 Notwithstanding any other Provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all
notices, consents, approvals, requests, communications or other documentation to
be given, made or obtained under this Agreement, shall be in writing and shall
be deemed given when delivered personally, transmitted by facsimile or 48 hours
after deposit in the United States or Canadian mail with postage prepaid, sent
by registered mail, return receipt requested, duly addressed to the person to be
notified as follows:

      If to Norman:        Great White Shark Enterprises,
                           281 South U.S. Highway #1, Suite 302,
                           Tequesta, Florida. 33469
                           Attention: Mr. Frank Williams

      With copy to:        Paul B. Erickson, Esq.
                           P.O. Box 431
                           Palm Beach, FL 33480

      If to Licensee:      7 West 51 St Street, Fourth Floor,
                           New York. N.Y. 10019

      With copy to:        Mr. Earl Takefman,
                           68 Belvedere Road,
                           Westmount, Quebec. H3Y 1P8

XI.2 All such notices, consents, approvals, requests, communications and other
documentation to be given, made or obtained hereunder by Licensee for itself or
for and on behalf of Norman, including without limitation, all applications,
permissions, registrations and insurance policies required hereunder, shall be
so given, made or obtained at the sole cost and expense of Licensee and Licensee
shall pay all legal and other fees arising in connection therewith.

XI.3 Either party may change its address for purposes of this Article XI by
giving notice to that effect to the other party in the manner provided for
herein.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                   ASSIGNMENT

XII.1 Norman and Licensee acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is personal
in nature and that neither party may assign all or any part of this Agreement,
or the Rights granted


                                       18
<PAGE>

hereunder, to any other Person without the prior written consent of the
non-assigning party, which consent may be withheld in such party's sole and
absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Norman hereby consents to
the assignment by Licensee to an Affiliate of Licensee and Licensee agrees that
Norman shall have the right to assign the rights to income and shares under this
Agreement to any other Person or Affiliate of Norman. Norman further
acknowledges and agrees that Licensee shall have the right to distribute the
Concept and the Product through Affiliates and duly designated distributors
provided that any and all such Affiliates and distributors shall only be
permitted to utilize advertising and promotional materials that Licensee shall
have created and that Norman shall have approved, and Licensee shall require
such use of pre-approved advertising and promotional materials in its agreements
with such other persons (copies of which will be made available to Norman or his
designated representative upon request).

XII.2 Any permitted assignment of this Agreement or any portion thereof, or
discretionary assignment if consented to by Norman or the Licensee, shall not
affect or otherwise discharge Norman's or Licensee's obligations hereunder and
Norman or Licensee agrees to provide its written acknowledgment thereof in
connection with any such assignment.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

XIII.1 If either Norman or Licensee is prevented from satisfying or fulfilling
any provision of this Agreement as a result of the occurrence of any event or
circumstance over which such party has no reasonable control (including without
limitation, war, civil commotion, riot, earthquake, fire, floods inclement
weather, strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns, power outages or other similar or
dissimilar acts of God) then such party shall not be deemed to be in breach of
this Agreement for the duration of the applicable event or circumstance,
provided that such party satisfied or performs the applicable Provision as soon
after termination or cessation of such event or circumstance as is reasonably
practicable.

XIII.2 This Agreement is solely for the benefit of Licensee, and except as
otherwise specifically provided herein, no Affiliate or other Person shall be
entitled to use, or permit any other Person to use, the Rights, or any part or
portion thereof, including without limitation, the Norman Identification, to
produce and promote the Concept or the Product. This Agreement shall be binding
on, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective
successor, permitted assigns and legal representatives.

XIII.3 Time is, and shall be and remain. of the essence of this Agreement.

XIII.4 The division of this Agreement into Articles and clauses, and the
insertion of headings, are for convenience of reference only and shall not
affect the meaning, construction or interpretation of this Agreement, or any
Provision hereto. The terms "this agreement", "hereof",


                                       19
<PAGE>

"herein", "hereto". "hereunder" and similar expressions refer to this Agreement
and not to any particular Article, clause or other portion of this Agreement.
Such terms refer similar to any agreement or instrument which amends this
Agreement or is supplemental or ancillary hereto. All Provisions in this
Agreement are to be construed as covenants as though the words importing such
covenants were used in each Article or Paragraph herein.

XIII.5 The parties agree that there are no inducements, implied warranties,
representations or other documents which have been made or relied upon by any
party except as expressly set forth herein or attached hereto. This Agreement,
and all Exhibits attached hereto or schedules, documents and agreements
furnished or to be furnished in connection herewith, constitute the entire
agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes any and all discussions and agreements. This
Agreement may not be amended or supplemented. and no provision hereof may be
waived, unless such amendment, supplement or waiver is in writing and signed by
the party sought to be bound thereby.

XIII.6 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced, in
accordance with the laws of the State of Florida applicable to agreements made
and to be wholly performed within such state.

XIII.7 The relationship between the parties hereto is intended to be, and is to
be construed as, that of independent contracting parties only and not that of a
partnership, joint venture, agency or any other association whatsoever. Nothing
contained herein shall constitute either party as having the right, power or
authority to bind the other in any manner whatsoever and nothing contained
herein shall give, or is intended to give, any rights of any kind to any third
party.

XIII.8 The parties hereto agree that each of them has participated in the
drafting and negotiation of this Agreement and that any rule of construction to
the effect that ambiguities are to be construed against the drafting party shall
not apply in the interpretation of this Agreement.

XIII.9 The parties hereto agree that, except as set forth below, all the
Provisions hereof (including without limitation, all representations and
warranties contained herein), whether requiring performance or fulfillment
before or after the expiry or earlier termination of this Agreement, shall
survive the expiry or earlier termination of this Agreement. Wherever the term
"termination" is used in this Agreement, it shall be deemed, unless otherwise
expressly required by the context, to mean both the expiry of this Agreement
pursuant to Article II hereof and the earlier termination of this Agreement
pursuant to Article X hereof or otherwise.

XIII.1O Wherever the expression "including without limitation" is used herein,
it shall be deemed to mean "including without limiting the generality of the
foregoing".

XIII.11 Where the context so requires, words importing the singular number
shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing the masculine gender
shall include the feminine and neuter genders.


                                       20
<PAGE>

XIII.12 No waiver of any Provision hereof shall be deemed to be a waiver of any
other Provision, and no waiver in any one or more instances shall be deemed to
be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such Provision unless
expressly agreed to by the party waiving such Provision.

XIII.13 Any condoning, excusing or overlooking by either party of any default,
breach or non-observance by the other party at any time or times in respect of
any Provision hereof shall not operate as a waiver of such party's rights
hereunder with respect to such Provision or of any subsequent default, breach or
non-observance thereof and such party's rights shall not be affected or limited
in any way as a result of any such default, breach or non-observance or any such
subsequent default, breach or non-observance.

XIII.14 If any Provision or Provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be
in whole or in part invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or if
any governmental agency or authority shall require the parties to delete any
Provision of this Agreement, such invalidity, illegality, unenforceability or
deletion shall not impair or affect the remaining Provisions of this Agreement
or the validity or enforceability of such Provision in any other jurisdiction.
The parties shall endeavor, in good faith negotiations, to replace the invalid,
illegal, unenforceable or deleted Provision by valid Provisions the affect of
which comes as close as legally possible to that of the invalid, illegal,
unenforceable or deleted Provision.

XIII.l5 Each party agrees to carry out all such actions and to execute and
deliver all such further agreements, instruments, documents and assurances as
may be reasonably required to give full force and effect to the intent hereof
(provided the same shall not be inconsistent with the Provisions hereof).

XIII.16 If either party hereto shall institute any action or proceeding to
enforce or interpret this Agreement, or any Provision hereof, the party
prevailing in such action or proceeding shall be entitled to recover its
reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs from the non-prevailing party.

XIII.17 No right or remedy conferred upon any party by any of the specific
Provisions of this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any other right or
remedy, and each and every such right or remedy shall be cumulative and shall be
in addition to any other right or remedy whether given to such party hereunder,
or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. The
election by any party of any one or more rights or remedies shall not constitute
a waiver of such party's right to pursue other available rights or remedies.

XIII.18 This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in any number of
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same
agreement.


                                       21
<PAGE>

XIII.19 All rights not herein specifically granted to Licensee shall remain the
property of Norman to be used in any manner Norman deems appropriate.

     THE PARTIES HAVE SIGNED THIS AGREEMENT AS OF THE DATE ABOVE WRTTTEN.


                                        GREAT WHITE SHARK ENTERPRISES, INC.

   

                                        per  /s/ Greg Norman
                                           ------------------------------------


                                        /s/ Greg Norman
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        GREG NORMAN




                                        VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC.



                                        per /s/ Earl Takefman
                                           ------------------------------------

    




                                       22
<PAGE>

                                     [LOGO]


April 2, 1996

                                            GREAT WHITE SHARK ENTERPRISES, INC.

                                                             FRANK I. WILLIAMS
                                                             MANAGING DIRECTOR

Mr. Earl Takefman
Visual Edge Systems
7 West 51st Street
New York, NY 10019


Dear Earl,

Further to our various discussions of last week, this letter will confirm our
agreement, notwithstanding the terms as outlined in our Licensing agreement
with you dated March 1, 1995, that we will cooperate with you in providing
additional work days with Greg Norman, over and above the required days in the
licensing agreement, under the following conditions:

a)  the additional days can only occur during 1996 and/or 1997; and

b)  the additional days may be used only to film the One-on-One instructional
    videos i.e., they may not be used for personal appearances or other
    purposes; and

c)  the additional days will be at Greg's reasonable convenience and subject to
    his schedule; and

d)  you will pay Greg a fee of $50,000 for each additional day you may require
    him.

We are agreeing to these additional potential work days to accommodate you in
completing the public offering and hope that you will use all reasonable efforts
to finish the filming within the period allotted in the contract.

Additionally, we wish to confirm that we are awaiting your request for the
initial work days you will require to commence the filming of the One-on-One
videos. We cannot over emphasize the importance of lead up time so that we give
your request priority over the others to make sure that this project is given
top precedence over all others. In other words Earl, let us get on with this, we
seem to have lost some momentum in the last month or so.

Kind regards,


/s/ FRANK WILLIAMS
- -----------------------
Frank Williams
Managing Director

         281 South U.S. Highway 1 * Suite 302 * Tequesta, Florida 33469
                      TEL 407-743-9818 * FAX 407-743-8831
<PAGE>

                           OPTION TO PURCHASE SHARES

Mr. Greg Norman
and
Great White Shark Enterprises
281 South U.S. Highway #1
Suite 302
Tequesta, Florida
33469

Attention: Mr. Frank Williams
- ------------------------------

Dear Sir:

     This letter will confirm our agreement and understanding that Visual Edge
Systems, Inc. (the "Licensee) does hereby undertake that is shall cause the
shareholders of the Licensee to sell to you shares representing ten percent
(10%) of the issued and outstanding participating shares in the capital stock of
the Licensee for an aggregate consideration of One Dollar ($1.00). These shares
shall be non-voting but shall have all other rights and privileges of the other
common shares of the Licensee. The Licensee does hereby undertake to cause these
shares to be delivered to you upon the fulfillment of the following conditions:

1.   That the Licensee has delivered a notice to you that it intends to extend
     the Agreement for a period of three (3) Contract Years following the expiry
     of the Initial Term (the "Renewal Notice");

2.   That you have notified the Licensee in writing within five (5) days of
     receipt of the Renewal Notice, of your intention to exercise the present
     option (the "Option Notice").

     Upon receipt of the Option Notice and the fulfillment of the other
conditions, the Licensee shall cause the shareholders of the Licensee to sell to
you within five (5) days of receipt of the Option Notice, non-voting common
shares in the capital stock of the Licensee representing ten percent (10%) of
the total issued and outstanding participating shares in the capital stock of
the Licensee, failing which the Licensee shall cause to be issued to you, from
its treasury, non-voting participating shares representing ten percent (10%) of
the total issued and outstanding shares in the capital stock of the Licensee. In
either event the Licensee hereby covenants and agrees that it shall deliver to
you a letter of opinion signed by the attorneys for the Licensee attesting to
the fact that the share certificate(s) delivered to you represent ten percent
(10%) of the issued and outstanding participating, non-voting shares in the
capital stock of the Licensee but have all other rights and privileges of the
other shares of the Licensee.

     All capitalized items used herein shall have the same meaning as set forth
in that certain License Agreement entered into as of March 1, 1995, by and
between Greg Norman and Great White Shark Enterprises and the undersigned.

     Dated as of March 1, 1995.
   
                                         Yours very truly,

                                         VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS, INC.


                                         per: /s/ EARL TAKEFMAN
                                             ------------------------------
                                              Earl Takefman

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED


/s/ GREG NORMAN
- ---------------------------------
Greg Norman


GREAT WHITE SHARK ENTERPRISES

per /s/ GREG NORMAN
   ------------------------------

    

<PAGE>

                                     [LOGO]

April 19, 1996

                                            GREAT WHITE SHARK ENTERPRISES, INC.

                                                              PAUL B. ERICKSON
                                                       CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
                                                             & GENERAL COUNSEL

Attn: Earl Takefman
Visual Edge Systems Inc.
7 West 51st Street
New York, NY 10019

                                          VIA: FACSIMILE
                                               212-765-3524

RE:  Amendments to March 1 to 1995 Agreement

Dear Earl:

This will confirm that we hereby agree to amend the following portions of our
agreement to read as follows in lieu of previous terms.

       1.1.7    "Concept" means a videotaping system and computer software that
                produces the Product;

       1.1.22   "Product" or "Products" means severally a videotape or CD-ROM
                or other similar medium that is given or sold to a consumer
                upon use of the Concept in which Greg Norman's golf swing or any
                other golf professional's golf swing is compared to the user's
                golf swing using audio and video analysis of both swings.

                Paragraph VII.4 is deleted.

This will also confirm that upon the receipt of $150,000.00 advance on or
before June 30, 1996 the next payment will be due October 1, 1996.

Very truly yours


/s/ PAUL B. ERICKSON
- ------------------------
Paul B. Erickson
<PAGE>

                                     [LOGO]

April 29, 1996

                                            GREAT WHITE SHARK ENTERPRISES, INC.

                                                              PAUL B. ERICKSON
                                                       CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
                                                             & GENERAL COUNSEL

                                              
Mr. Earl Takefman
Visual Edge Systems Inc.
68 Belvedere Road
Montreal Quebec
Canada H3Y IP8 
                                              VIA: FACSIMILE
                                                   514-937-0286


Dear Earl:

Thank you for your letter of April 25, 1996. This will confirm that Greg
Norman will exercise his option to acquire equity in Visual Edge Systems Inc.
pursuant to the agreement dated March 1, 1995.

Very truly yours,


/s/ PAUL B. ERICKSON
- ------------------------
Paul B. Erickson
<PAGE>

Visual Edge System Inc.
7 West 51st St.
New York, NY 10019

Attn: Mr. Earl Takefman

Dear Earl,

     We confirm that you may use all, or certain, of the photos of Greg
Norman from your One-on-One catalogue (including photos that depict the Shark
logo) on the inside, front and/or back cover of your prospectus.


                                             Yours Very Truly,
                                       Great White Shark Enterprises


<PAGE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8
                            VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC.
                             1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN


Section 1.        Purpose

         The Plan (i) authorizes the Committee to provide to Employees and
Consultants of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, who are in a position to
contribute materially to the long-term success of the Corporation, with options
to acquire Stock of the Corporation, and (ii) provides for the automatic grant
of options to Non-Employee Directors of the Corporation in accordance with the
terms specified herein. The Corporation believes that this incentive program
will cause those persons to increase their interest in the Corporation's
welfare, and aid in attracting and retaining Employees, Consultants and
Directors of outstanding ability.

Section 2.        Definitions

         Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the following terms,
when used in this Plan, shall have the meanings set forth in this Section:

         (a)      "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

         (b)      A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if:

                  (i) any person (as defined in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d)(3) of
         the Exchange Act), other than the Corporation or an employee benefit
         plan of the Corporation, acquires directly or indirectly the Beneficial
         Ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated pursuant to the
         Exchange Act) of any voting security of the Corporation and immediately
         after such acquisition such Person is, directly or indirectly, the
         Beneficial Owner of voting securities representing 30% or more of the
         total voting power of all of the then-outstanding voting securities of
         the Corporation;

                  (ii) the individuals (A) who, as of the closing date of the
         Initial Public Offering, constitute the Board (the "Original
         Directors") or (B) who thereafter are elected to the Board and whose
         election, or nomination for election, to the Board was approved by a
         vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Original Directors then still
         in office (such directors becoming "Additional Original Directors"
         immediately following their election) or (C) who are elected to the
         Board and whose election, or nomination for election, to the Board was
         approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Original
         Directors and Additional Original Directors then still in office (such
         directors also becoming "Additional Original Directors" immediately
         following their election) (such individuals being the "Continuing
         Directors"), cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the
         members of the Board;


                                        1

<PAGE>



                  (iii) the stockholders of the Corporation shall approve a
         merger, consolidation, recapitalization, or reorganization of the
         Corporation, a reverse stock split of outstanding voting securities, or
         consummation of any such transaction if stockholder approval is not
         sought or obtained, other than any such transaction which would result
         in at least 75% of the total voting power represented by the voting
         securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such
         transaction being Beneficially Owned by at least 75% of the holders of
         outstanding voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to
         the transaction, with the voting power of each such continuing holder
         relative to other such continuing holders not substantially altered in
         the transaction; or

                  (iv) the stockholders of the Corporation shall approve a plan
         of complete liquidation of the Corporation or an agreement for the sale
         or disposition by the Corporation of all or a substantial portion of
         the Corporation's assets (i.e., 50% or more of the total assets of the
         Corporation).

         (c)      "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as it may
be amended from time to time.

         (d)      "Committee" shall mean the Board, or any Committee of two or 
more Directors that may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan.

         (e)      "Consultant" shall mean (i) any person who is engaged to 
perform services for the Corporation or its Subsidiaries, other than as an 
Employee or Director, or (ii) any person who has agreed to become a consultant 
within the meaning of clause (i).

         (f)      "Control Person" shall mean any person who, as of the date of
grant of an Option, owns (within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code) 
stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power
or value of all classes of stock of the Corporation or of any parent or 
Subsidiary.

         (g)      "Corporation" shall mean Visual Edge Systems Inc., a Delaware
corporation.

         (h)      "Director" shall mean any member of the Board.

         (i) "Employee" shall mean (i) any full-time employee of the Corporation
or its Subsidiaries (including Directors who are otherwise employed on a
full-time basis by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries), or (ii) any person who
has agreed to become an employee within the meaning of clause (i).

         (j)      "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as it may be amended from time to time.


                                       2

<PAGE>



         (k)      "Fair Market Value" of the Stock on a given date shall be 
based upon: (i) if the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or 
quoted in an interdealer quotation system, the last sales price or, if 
unavailable, the average of the closing bid and asked prices per share of the 
Stock on such date (or, if there was no trading or quotation in the Stock on 
such date, on the next preceding date on which there was trading or quotation) 
as provided by one of such organizations; or (ii) if the Stock is not listed on
a national securities exchange or quoted in an interdealer quotation system, as
determined by the Board in good faith in its sole discretion; provided, however,
that the "fair market value" of Stock on the date on which shares of Stock are 
first issued and sold pursuant to a registration statement filed with and 
declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission shall be the 
Initial Public Offering price of the shares so issued and sold, as set forth in
the first final prospectus used in such offering.

         (l)      "Grantee" shall mean a person granted an Option under the 
Plan.

         (m)      "Initial Public Offering" shall mean an initial public 
offering of shares of Stock in a firm commitment underwriting registered with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission in compliance with the provisions of 
the 1933 Act.

         (n)      "ISO" shall mean an Option granted pursuant to the Plan to 
purchase shares of the Stock and intended to qualify as an incentive stock 
option under Section 422 of the Code, as now or hereafter constituted.

         (o)      "1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         (p)      "Non-Employee Director" shall mean a Director of the 
Corporation who is not an Employee, nor has been an Employee at any time during
the prior one year period.

         (q)      "NQSO" shall mean an Option granted pursuant to the Plan to 
purchase shares of the Stock that is not an ISO.

         (r)      "Options" shall refer collectively to NQSOs and ISOs issued 
under and subject to the Plan.

         (s)      "Parent" shall mean any parent corporation as defined in 
Section 424 of the Code.

         (t)      "Plan" shall mean this 1996 Stock Option Plan as set forth 
herein and as amended from time to time.

         (u)      "Stock" shall mean shares of the Common Stock of the 
Corporation, par value $0.01 per share.


                                        3
<PAGE>


         (v)      "Stock Option Agreement" shall mean a written agreement 
between the Corporation and the Grantee, or a certificate accepted by the 
Grantee, evidencing the grant of an Option hereunder and containing such terms 
and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Committee shall approve.

         (w)      "Subsidiary" shall mean (i) any corporation with respect to 
which the Corporation owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total 
combined voting power of all classes of stock of such corporation, or (ii) any 
entity which the Committee reasonably expects to become a subsidiary within the
meaning of clause (i).

Section 3.        Shares of Stock Subject to the Plan

         The total amount of Stock that may be subject to outstanding Options,
determined immediately after the grant of any Option, shall not exceed the
greater of 800,000 shares (reduced by 500,000 less the number of shares subject
to performance-based Options granted pursuant to employment agreements,
effective January 1, 1996, with Messrs. Earl Takefman and Alan Lubell that
remain outstanding at such time), or 12% percent of the total number of shares
of Stock outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of shares that
may be delivered upon exercise of ISOs shall not exceed 300,000, provided,
however, that shares subject to ISOs shall not be deemed delivered if such
Options are forfeited, expire or otherwise terminate without delivery of shares
to the Grantee. Any shares of Stock delivered pursuant to an Option may consist,
in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares.

Section 4.        Administration of the Plan

         The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the express
provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority to interpret the
Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the
Plan, to determine the terms and provisions of Stock Option Agreements
thereunder and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the
administration of the Plan. Any controversy or claim arising out of or related
to this Plan or the Options granted thereunder shall be determined unilaterally
by, and at the sole discretion of, the Committee. Any action of the Committee
with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons,
including the Corporation, subsidiaries of the Corporation, Grantees, any person
claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Grantee, and
stockholders. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the
taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any
power or authority of the Committee. To the extent necessary to comply with Rule
16b-3 under the Exchange Act, determinations concerning Options granted to any
person who is subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act shall be made by the
Committee, all of whose members shall be "disinterested persons" within the
meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The Committee may delegate to
officers or managers of the Corporation or any Subsidiary the authority, subject
to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform administrative
functions and, with respect to persons not subject to Section 16 of the 

                                        4

<PAGE>

Exchange Act, to perform such other functions as the Committee may determine, 
to the extent permitted under Rule 16b-3, if applicable, and other applicable 
law.

Section 5.        Types of Options

         Options granted under the Plan may be of two types: ISOs or NQSOs. The
Committee shall have the authority and discretion to grant to an eligible
Employee either ISOs, NQSOs or both, but shall clearly designate the nature of
each Option at the time of grant in the Stock Option Agreement. Grantees who are
not Employees (determined with reference to Section 2(i)(i) only) of the
Corporation or a Subsidiary (determined with reference to Section 2(w)(i) only)
on the date an Option is granted shall only receive NQSOs.

Section 6.        Grant of Options to Employees and Consultants

         (a)      Employees and Consultants of the Corporation and its 
Subsidiaries shall be eligible to receive Options under the Plan.

         (b)      The exercise price per share of Stock subject to an Option 
granted to an Employee or Consultant shall be determined by the Committee and 
specified in the Stock Option Agreement, provided, however, that the exercise 
price of each share subject to an ISO shall be not less than 100%, or, in the 
case of an ISO granted to a Control Person, 110%, of the Fair Market Value of a
share of the Stock on the date such Option is granted.

         (c)      The term of each Option granted to an Employee or Consultant 
shall be determined by the Committee and specified in a Stock Option Agreement,
provided that no Option shall be exercisable more than ten years from the date
such Option is granted, and provided further that no ISO granted to a Control
Person shall be exercisable more than five years from the date of Option grant.

         (d)      The Committee shall determine and designate from time to time
Employees or Consultants who are to be granted Options, and shall specify in the
Stock Option Agreement the nature of each Option granted and the number of
shares of Stock subject to each such Option, provided, however, that in any
calendar year, no Employee or Consultant may be granted an Option to purchase
more than 250,000 shares of Stock (determined without regard to when such Option
is exercisable), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 10.

         (e)      Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the aggregate 
Fair Market Value (determined at the time the ISO is granted) of the Stock with
respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by any Employee during
any calendar year under all plans of the Corporation and any Parent or
Subsidiary corporation shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent the limitation
set forth in the preceding sentence is exceeded, the Options with respect to
such excess shall be treated as NQSOs.


                                        5

<PAGE>

         (f)      The Committee shall determine whether any Option granted to an
Employee or Consultant shall become exercisable in one or more installments and
specify the installment dates in the Stock Option Agreement. The Committee may
also specify in the Stock Option Agreement such other provisions, not
inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as it may deem desirable, including
such provisions as it may deem necessary to qualify any ISO under the provisions
of Section 422 of the Code. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and
specified in the Stock Option Agreement, all Options shall immediately become
exercisable upon a Change in Control.

         (g)      The Committee may, at any time, grant new or additional 
options to any eligible Employee or Consultant who has previously received 
Options under this Plan, or options under other plans, whether such prior 
Options or other options are still outstanding, have been exercised previously 
in whole or in part, or have been cancelled. The exercise price of such new or 
additional Options may be established by the Committee, subject to Section 6(b)
hereof, without regard to such previously granted Options or other options.

Section 7.        Grants of Options to Non-Employee Directors

         (a)      Non-Employee Directors of the Corporation who serve on the
Committee shall be eligible to receive Options under the Plan only pursuant to
the provisions of this Section 7. Each individual who agrees to become a
Non-Employee Director prior to the consummation of the Corporation's Initial
Public Offering shall receive, without the exercise of the discretion of any
person, an NQSO under the Plan relating to the purchase of 5,000 shares of Stock
at an exercise price per share equal to the Initial Public Offering price per
share. Such option grant shall be conditional upon, and for all purposes
hereunder, deemed granted upon, the Initial Public Offering. Each individual who
becomes a Non-Employee Director thereafter shall, on the date such individual
becomes a Non-Employee Director, receive, without the exercise of the discretion
of any person, an NQSO under the Plan relating to the purchase of 5,000 shares
of Stock. In addition, on the day of the annual meeting of stockholders next
following the date of an Initial Public Offering, and the day of each subsequent
annual meeting, each individual who is a continuing Non-Employee Director on any
such date (other than a Non-Employee Director who was granted an Option pursuant
to the preceding sentence within 30 days of the date of any such annual meeting)
shall receive, without the exercise of the discretion of any person, an NQSO
under the Plan relating to the purchase of 2,500 shares of Stock. In the event
that there are not sufficient shares available under this Plan to allow for the
grant to each Non-Employee Director of an NQSO for the number of shares provided
herein, each Non-Employee Director shall receive an NQSO for his pro rata share
of the total number of shares of Stock available under the Plan.

                                        6

<PAGE>

         (b)      The exercise price of each share of Stock subject to an Option
granted to a Non-Employee Director shall equal the Fair Market Value of a share
of Stock on the date such Option is granted. Payment of the exercise price for
the shares being purchased shall be made in cash.

         (c)      Each Option granted to a Non-Employee Director shall become
exercisable in three equal annual installments on the date of grant and on each
of the first two anniversaries of the date of grant, and shall have a term of
five years from the date of grant. Notwithstanding the exercise period of any
Option granted to a Non-Employee Director, all such Options shall immediately
become exercisable upon a Change in Control.

Section 8.        Exercise of Options

         (a)      A Grantee shall exercise an Option by delivery of written 
notice to the Corporation setting forth the number of shares with respect to 
which the Option is to be exercised, together with cash, certified check, bank 
draft, wire transfer, or postal or express money order payable to the order of 
the Corporation for an amount equal to the Option price of such shares and any
income tax required to be withheld. The Committee may, in its sole discretion,
permit a Grantee to pay all or a portion of the exercise price by delivery of
Stock or other property (including notes or other contractual obligations of
Grantees to make payment on a deferred basis, such as through "cashless
exercise" arrangements, to the extent permitted by applicable law), and the
methods by which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Grantees.

         (b)      Except as provided pursuant to Section 9(a), no Option 
granted to an Employee or Consultant shall be exercised unless at the time of 
such exercise the Grantee is then an Employee (determined with reference to 
Section 2(i)(i) only) or Consultant (determined with reference to Section 
2(e)(i) only) of the Corporation or a Subsidiary (determined with reference to 
Section 2(w)(i) only).

         (c)      Except as provided in Section 9(a), no Option granted to a
Non-Employee Director shall be exercised unless at the time of such exercise the
Grantee is then a Non-Employee Director.

Section 9.        Exercise of Options upon Termination

         (a)      Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, upon termination
of a Grantee's employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, such 
Grantee may exercise any Options during the three month period following such 
termination of employment, but only to the extent such Option was exercisable 
immediately prior to such termination of employment. Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, if the Committee determines that such termination is for cause, all 
Options held by the Grantee shall immediately terminate. In addition, all 
Options granted on the basis of clause (ii) of Section 2(e), (i) or (w) shall 
immediately terminate if the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, 
that the Consultant, Employee or Subsidiary, as the case may be, will not 

                                        7

<PAGE>

become a Consultant, Employee or Subsidiary within the meaning of clause 
(i) of such Sections.

         (b)      Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and specified in
the Stock Option Agreement, in no event shall any Option be exercisable for more
than the maximum number of shares that the Grantee was entitled to purchase at
the date of termination of the relationship with the Corporation and its
Subsidiaries.

         (c)      The sale of any Subsidiary shall be treated as a termination
of employment with respect to any Grantee employed by such Subsidiary.

         (d)      Subject to the foregoing, in the event of death, Options may 
be exercised by a Grantee's legal representative.

Section 10.       Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization

         In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form
of cash, Stock, or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse split,
reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or
share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects the
Stock such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or
enlargement of the rights of Grantees under the Plan, then the Committee shall,
in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and
kind of shares of Stock deemed to be available thereafter for grants of Options
under Section 3, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock that may be
delivered or deliverable in respect of outstanding Options, (iii) the number of
shares with respect to which Options may be granted to a given Grantee in the
specified period as set forth in Section 6(d), and (iv) the exercise price (or,
if deemed appropriate, the Committee may make provision for a cash payment with
respect to any outstanding Option). In addition, the Committee is authorized to
make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in,
Options (including, without limitation, cash payments in exchange for an Option
or substitution of Options using stock of a successor or other entity) in
recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation,
events described in the preceding sentence) affecting the Corporation or any
Subsidiary or the financial statements of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or
in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting
principles.

Section 11.       Restrictions on Issuing Shares

         The Corporation shall not be obligated to deliver Stock upon the
exercise or settlement of any Option or take other actions under the Plan until
the Corporation shall have determined that applicable federal and state laws,
rules, and regulations have been complied with and such approvals of any
regulatory or governmental agency have been obtained and contractual obligations
to which the Option may be subject have been satisfied. The Corporation, in its
discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Stock under any

                                        8

<PAGE>

Option until completion of such stock exchange listing or registration or
qualification of such Stock or other required action under any federal or state
law, rule, or regulation as the Corporation may consider appropriate, and may
require any Grantee to make such representations and furnish such information as
it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Stock
under the Plan.

Section 12.       Tax Withholding

         The Corporation shall have the right to require that the Grantee make
such provision, or furnish the Corporation such authorization, necessary or
desirable so that the Corporation may satisfy its obligation, under applicable
laws, to withhold or otherwise pay for income or other taxes of the Grantee
attributable to the grant or exercise of Options granted under the Plan or the
sale of Stock issued with respect to Options. This authority shall include
authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property and to make cash
payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Grantee's tax obligations.

Section 13.       Transferability

         No Option shall be subject to anticipation, sale, assignment, pledge,
encumbrance, charge or transfer except by will or the laws of descent and
distribution, and an Option shall be exercisable during the Grantee's lifetime
only by the Grantee, provided, however, that the Committee may permit a Grantee
to transfer an Option to a family member or a trust created for the benefit of
family members. In the case of such a transfer, the transferee's rights and
obligations with respect to the Option shall be determined by reference to the
Grantee and the Grantee's rights and obligations with respect to the Option had
no transfer been made. Notwithstanding such transfer, the Grantee shall remain
obligated pursuant to Section 11 if required by applicable law.

Section 14.       General Provisions

         (a)      Each Option shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement. 
The terms and provisions of such Stock Option Agreements may vary among Grantees
and among different Options granted to the same Grantee.

         (b)      The grant of an Option in any year shall not give the Grantee
any right to similar grants in future years, any right to continue such 
Grantee's employment relationship with the Corporation or its Subsidiaries, or,
until such Option is exercised and share certificates are issued, any rights as
a Stockholder of the Corporation. All Grantees shall remain subject to discharge
to the same extent as if the Plan were not in effect.

         (c)      No Grantee, and no beneficiary or other persons claiming under
or through the Grantee shall have any right, title or interest by reason of any
Option to any particular assets of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries, or any
shares of Stock allocated or reserved for the purposes of the Plan or subject 
to any Option except as set forth herein.  The Corporation shall not be

                                        9

<PAGE>

required to establish any fund or make any other segregation of assets to 
assure the payment of any Option.

         (d)      The issuance of shares of Stock to Grantees or to their legal
representatives shall be subject to any applicable taxes and other laws or
regulations of the United States or of any state having jurisdiction thereof.

Section 15.       Amendment or Termination

         The Board may, at any time, alter, amend, suspend, discontinue or
terminate this Plan; provided, however, that no such action shall adversely
affect the rights of Grantees to Options previously granted hereunder and,
provided further, however, that any shareholder approval necessary or desirable
in order to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or with Section 422 of
the Code (or other applicable law or regulation) shall be obtained in the manner
required therein. In addition, no plan provision, within the meaning of Rule
16b-3(c)(2)(i)(D), shall be amended more than once every six months, other than
to comport with changes in the Code or rules thereunder. The Committee may waive
any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or
terminate, any Option theretofore granted and any Stock Option Agreement
relating thereto; provided, however, that, without the consent of an affected
Grantee, no such action may materially impair the rights of such Grantee under
such Option.

Section 16.       Effective Date of Plan

         This Plan is effective upon its adoption by the Board and shall
continue in effect until terminated by the Board. No ISO may be granted more
than ten years after such date.


                                       10


<PAGE>

                         EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

      THIS AGREEMENT made as of July 1, 1996.

BETWEEN:    Visual Edge Systems Inc., a corporation
            duly incorporated under the laws of Delaware
            having an office and place of business at 7
            West 51st Street, New York, New York
            10019

            (hereinafter referred to as "Company")

AND:        Richard Parker, 5990 Tommy Douglas,
            Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3X 4A6


            (hereinafter referred to as "Employee")

      THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements hereinafter contained and the mutual benefit to be derived therefrom
and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
is hereby acknowledged by each of the parties hereto, the parties hereto hereby
covenant and agrees as follows:

Section 1 - Employment

      The Company hereby agrees to employ the Employee as Chief Operating
Officer of the Company and the Employee hereby accepts employment with the
Company and its subsidiaries in such position and agrees to work for the Company
and any of its subsidiaries upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

Section 2 - Term

2.1   Unless this Agreement is terminated upon Employee's resignation, death or
      permanent disability or incapacity, for Cause (as hereinafter defined) or
      without Cause, this Agreement shall remain in effect from July 1, 1996
      until December 31, 1998.

2.2   This Agreement shall automatically be renewed after December 31, 1998 for
      additional twelve (12) month periods commencing on the 1st day of January
      and terminating on the 31st day of December of each year, unless one party
      shall have given notice to the other party, in writing, not later than
      September 30 of any year thereafter, of its election to terminate this
      Agreement as of December 31 of that year.

<PAGE>

2.3   In the event that the Company elects to terminate this Agreement, other
      than for Cause, the Company agrees to pay to the Employee six (6) months
      severance pay from the date of termination or the remaining term of this
      agreement whichever is greater, (based on the Employee's annual base
      Salary (as hereinafter defined) during the last year in which he was
      employed by the Company) as liquidated damages for such termination,
      payable in full upon termination.

2.4   For purposes of this Agreement, for "Cause" shall mean: (i) the material
      breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Employee, (ii) the
      conviction of the Employee of a felony or an indictable offense under
      United States law, (iii) the misappropriation or embezzlement of funds by
      the Employee or (iv) the Employee is materially impaired from performing
      his duties hereunder because of alcohol, drug or any substance abuse.

Section 3 - Compensation

3.1   In consideration of the services to be rendered by the Employee to the
      Company under this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Employee an
      annual base salary (such annual base salary being hereinafter referred to
      as the "Salary") of $150,000 payable monthly. If the Company has an
      operating net income in fiscal 1997 then the base salary will be increased
      to $175,000 for fiscal 1998.

3.2   The Employee shall be entitled to receive an annual bonus in accordance
      with Schedule A and shall receive 50,000, 5 year options at $5.00 per
      share in accordance with Section 3.3 herein.

3.3   Any option granted to the Employee with respect to the Company's shares of
      Common Stock in respect of any fiscal year shall be made by the Company's
      Stock Option Committee pursuant to the Company's Stock Option Plan (the
      "Plan"). In the event that an insufficient number of shares of Common
      Stock are available for grant under the Plan, then the Company shall use
      its best efforts to amend the Plan (including obtaining stockholder
      approval) to increase the number of shares of Common Stock available
      thereunder. In the event that the Company is unable to so increase the
      number of shares so available, then the Employee shall be granted phantom
      units, or another award, that shall entitle him to the same appreciation
      in the Company's Common Stock as if he had received options to purchase
      shares of Common Stock. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause
      the Stock Option Committee to grant options as provided for herein.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

3.4   Vesting of any options granted pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof shall be as
      follows: 20% on June 30, 1997, 30% on June 30, 1998, 30% on June 30, 1999
      (if the contract is renewed) and 20% on June 30, 2000 (if the contract is
      renewed). All options will vest if this Agreement is terminated other than
      for cause or is not renewed beyond the initial term.

3.5   The bonus granted to the Employee in respect of any fiscal year in
      accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2 hereof shall be payable in
      full by the Company to the Employee not later than fifteen (15) days after
      the day on which the Company files its Annual Report on Form 10-K with the
      SEC containing its audited financial statements for the preceding year.

3.6   If any change is made to the Company's Common Stock (whether by reason of
      merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend,
      stock split, combination of shares, or exchange of shares or any other
      change in capital structure made without receipt of consideration), then
      the Company shall preserve the value of all shares of Common Stock
      referred to herein by adjusting the number and class of shares issuable to
      reflect the effect of such event or change upon the Company's capital
      structure and by making appropriate adjustments to the number and class of
      shares.

Section 4 - Benefits

4.1   During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to
      receive from the Company the following:

      (1) benefits and a health care plan that is made available to the
          Company's executives;

      (2) a monthly car allowance of $500, car insurance and coverage of gas,
          maintenance and repair expenses;

      (3) reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in
          the conduct of the Company's business;

      (4) 4 weeks annual vacation. Such vacation, to the extent not used in any
          calendar year, may not be carried over to subsequent calendar years.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

Section 5 - Duties of the Employee

      The Employee is engaged by the Company for the term of this Agreement as
an executive employee of the Company on a full time basis, and of such of its
subsidiaries as it may designate, and hereby covenants and agrees to perform and
discharge well and faithfully the duties which may be assigned to him from time
to time by the Company in connection with the conduct of its business and that
of its subsidiaries. The parties hereto agree that the Employee will be based in
South Florida geographic area throughout the term of his employment hereunder
and may be required to travel from time to time in furtherance of the Company's
business. The Employee shall carry out such duties are reasonably assigned to
him by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Employee shall deal at all
times in good faith with the Company and its subsidiaries and shall conduct
himself at all times in the best interest of the Company and of its
subsidiaries. Provided that the Employee honors his obligations under this
Section he shall be allowed to continue his ownership and involvement with Diomo
Marketing Inc.

Section 6 - Extent of Services

      The Employee shall devote all of his working time, attention and energy to
the business of the Company and of its subsidiaries. The Employee shall not,
during the term of this Agreement, directly or indirectly, be engaged in any
other business activities, whether or not such business activities are pursued
for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage. The foregoing provision shall not
be construed as preventing the Employee from investing his personal assets in
businesses which do not compete with the Company, provided such investment will
not require any material services on the part of the Employee.

Section 7 - Disclosure of Information

      The Employee acknowledges that in the course of his employment with the
Company and its subsidiaries he has and will acquire access to and knowledge of
many of their trade secrets, financial information and proprietary information
and proprietary processes as they may, from time to time, exists ("Proprietary
Information") and he hereby acknowledges that the Proprietary Information is a
valuable, special and unique asset of the business of the Company and its
subsidiaries. The Employee hereby covenants and agrees that he will not, during
the term of his employment and thereafter, disclose any of the Proprietary
Information to any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity for
any reason or purpose whatsoever, nor shall he make use of the Proprietary
Information for his own purposes or for the benefit of any other party under any
circumstances whatsoever.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

Section 8 - Restrictive Covenant

8.1   The Employee covenants and agrees with the Company that he shall not, so
      long as he is an employee of the Company and for a period of two (2) years
      from the date (the "Exit Date") on which he ceases to be an employee of
      the Company.

      (a) directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, including, without
          limitation, either individually or in partnership or jointly, or in
          conjunction with any other person or persons, firm, association,
          syndicate, company or corporation, as principal, agent, shareholder
          (except as shareholder of not more than 5% of the voting shares of a
          publicly traded corporation), employee or in any other manner
          whatsoever, work for, be employed by or acquire an interest in any
          corporation engaged in the production, marketing, distribution or
          funding of the production, marketing or distribution of a personalized
          instructional sports video hereto (a "Competitive Business") or any
          corporation affiliated with a Competitive Business or be concerned
          with or interested in or lend money to, guarantee the debts or
          obligations of or permit his name or any part thereof to be used or
          employed by a Competitive Business or any corporation affiliated with
          such business; or

      (b) entice away or otherwise attempt to obtain the withdrawal of any
          employee of the Company or its subsidiaries.

8.2   If any of the covenants contained in Section 8.1 shall be held
      unreasonable by reason of the definition of a Competitive Business,
      duration or type or scope of service covered by the said covenant, then
      the said covenant shall be given effect to in such reduced form as may be
      decided by any court of competent jurisdiction. If, notwithstanding the
      foregoing, any clause or any portion of any such covenant should be
      unenforceable or be declared invalid for any reason whatsoever, such
      unenforceability or invalidity shall not affect the enforceability or
      validity of the remaining portions of the convenants and such
      unenforceable or invalid portions shall be severable from the remainder of
      this Agreement. The Employee hereby acknowledges and agrees that all
      restrictions contained in this Agreement are reasonable and valid and all
      defenses to the strict enforcement thereof by the Company are hereby
      waived by the Employee.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

Section 9 - General

9.1   Any notice or other writing required or permitted to be given hereunder or
      for the purposes hereof (hereinafter in this subsection called a "notice")
      to any party shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if
      delivered or sent by prepaid registered mail addressed to such party:

      (a) in the case of a notice to the Company, at:

          Visual Edge Systems Inc.
          7 West 51st Street
          New York, New York 10019

          Attention: Chief Executive Officer

          with a copy to:

          Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
          101 Park Avenue
          New York, New York 10178

          Attention: David W. Pollak, Esq.

      (b) in the case of a notice to the Employee:

          Richard Parker
          5990 Tommy Douglas
          Montreal, Quebec
          Canada H3X 4A6

          or at such other address or to such other person's attention as the
          party to whom such notice is to be given shall have last notified to
          the party giving the same in the manner provided in this section. Any
          notice delivered to the party to whom it is addressed as hereinbefore
          provided shall be deemed to have been given and received on the day it
          is so delivered at such address, provided that if such day is not a
          business day then the notice shall be deemed to have been given and
          received on the business day next following such day. Any notice
          mailed as aforesaid shall be deemed to have been given and received on
          the third business day of uninterrupted postal service following the
          date of its mailing.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

9.2   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
      laws of the State of Florida.

9.3   This Agreement contains the whole understanding of the parties hereto with
      respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other agreements
      and communications, oral or written, with respect thereto. This Agreement
      shall not be amended except by instrument in writing executed by each of
      the parties hereto.

9.4   The division of this Agreement into sections and sub-sections is for
      convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation or
      construction of this Agreement. All words and personal pronouns relating
      thereto shall be read and construed as the number and gendor of the party
      or parties referred to in each case require and the verb shall be
      construed as agreeing with the required word and pronoun.

9.5   This Agreement may be executed by the Parties hereto in separate
      counterparts each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an
      original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the
      same instrument.

9.6   The Parties hereto agree that any legal or other expenses associated with
      the preparation of this Agreement shall be for the account of the Company.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed as of the date set forth above.


VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC.



/s/ EARL TAKEFMAN                                /s/ RICHARD PARKER
- ---------------------------------               -------------------------------
Name:   Earl Takefman                            Richard Parker
Title:  Chief Executive Officer

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                               Bonus Compensation


EPS = Earnings per share. A target EPS will be established on a yearly basis by
the Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                    then cash bonus                   and new options
If Stock Price is (2) or       If EPS is       based on base salary is (4)         issued will be (1)(4)
- ------------------------       ---------       ---------------------------         ---------------------
<S>                          <C>               <C>                                 <C> 
BASE price or less             less than X                 0%                                   0
BASE + 10%                               X                10%                               5,000
BASE + 15%                       X to 1.1X                15%                               7,500
BASE + 25%                   1.1X to 1.25X                25%                              10,000
BASE + 50%                   1.25X to 1.5X                35%                              12,500
BASE + 75%                    1.5X to 2.0X                50%                              15,000
BASE + 100%                      2.0X plus                75%                              20,000
</TABLE>
   
 
(1) Options will be issued at the closing price of the Company's stock on the
    last day of its fiscal year end, namely December 31st.

(2) Stock price means closing yearend stock price which is calculated as the
    average of the last 10 trading days in December.

(3) BASE price for fiscal 1997 will be the IPO price. Thereafter it will be the
    price established in (2) for the previous year i.e. for 1998 bonuses the
    average stock price on the last 10 trading days of 1997.

(4) Cash bonus and options will be determined based upon the greater of the EPS
    calculation or the Stock Price calculation. e.g. if the Stock Price is Base
    + 25% and the EPS is 1.35X, then the cash bonus will be 35% of base salary
    and 12,500 options will be issued.

                                      -8-

<PAGE>
             
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10
                         EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          THIS AGREEMENT made as of July 1, 1996.

BETWEEN:  Visual Edge Systems Inc., a corporation duly incorporated
          under the laws of Delaware having an office and place of
          business at 7 West 51st Street, New York, New York 10019

          (hereinafter referred to as "Company")

AND:      Ami Anthony Trauber, 33 Pond Avenue, #1225, Brookline,
          MA 02146

          (hereinafter referred to as "Employee")

          THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the mutual covenants
and agreements hereinafter contained and the mutual benefit to be derived
therefrom and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which is hereby acknowledged by each of the parties hereto, the parties
hereto hereby covenant and agrees as follows:

Section 1  --  Employment

          The Company hereby agrees to employ the Employee as Chief Financial
Officer of the Company and the Employee hereby accepts employment with the
Company and its subsidiaries in such position and agrees to work for the Company
and any of its subsidiaries upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth
subject to the completion of the Company's initial public offering of its stock
("IPO").

Section 2  --  Term

2.1       Unless this Agreement is terminated upon Employee's resignation, in
          accordance with Section 2.5, death or permanent disability or
          incapacity, for Cause (as hereinafter defined) or without Cause, this
          Agreement shall remain in effect from July 1st, 1996 until December
          31, 1998.

2.2       This Agreement shall automatically be renewed after December 31, 1998
          for additional twelve (12) month periods commencing on the 1st day of
          January and terminating on the 31st day of December of each year,
          unless one party shall have given notice to the other party, in
          writing, not later than September 30th of any year thereafter, of its
          election to terminate this Agreement as of December 31st of that year.

<PAGE>

2.3       In the event that the Company elects to terminate this Agreement,
          other than for Cause, the Company agrees to pay to the Employee six
          (6) months severance pay from the date of termination or the remaining
          term of this agreement whichever is greater. (based on the Employee's
          annual base Salary (as hereinafter defined) during the last year in
          which he was employed by the Company) as liquidated damages for such
          termination, payable in full upon termination.

2.4       For purposes of this Agreement, for "Cause" shall mean: (i) the
          material breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Employee,
          (ii) the conviction of the Employee of a felony or an indictable
          offense under United States law, (iii) the misappropriation or
          embezzlement of funds by the Employee or (iv) the Employee is
          materially impaired from performing his duties hereunder because of
          alcohol, drug or any substance abuse.

2.5       Either the Company or the Employee may cancel this Agreement on or
          before December 31, 1996 by giving notice of their intention to cancel
          on or before November 30, 1996. If no notice is received by either
          party this Section 2.5 shall be considered null and void and of no
          effect. If notice is received by either party, the Employee shall
          receive the Salary until December 31, 1996 and 5,000 options issued
          pursuant to Section 3.2 shall vest with the Employee on January 1,
          1997.

Section 3  --  Compensation

3.1       In consideration of the services to be rendered by the Employee to the
          Company under this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Employee an
          annual base salary (such annual base salary being hereinafter referred
          to as the "Salary") of $150,000 payable monthly. For fiscal 1998, the
          Salary shall be $175,000 if the Company realized a profit in fiscal
          1997.

3.2       The Employee shall be entitled to receive an annual bonus in
          accordance with Schedule A and 25,000 options to purchase stock in the
          Company at the IPO price in accordance with Section 3.3 and 3.4
          hereinbelow and subject to the completion of the contemplated IPO.

3.3       Any option granted to the Employee with respect to the Company's
          shares of Common Stock in respect of any fiscal year shall be made by
          the Company's Stock Option Committee pursuant to the Company's Stock
          Option Plan (the "Plan"). In the event that an insufficient number of
          shares of Common Stock are available for grant under the Plan, then
          the Company shall use its best efforts to amend the Plan (including

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

          obtaining stockholder approval) to increase the number of shares of 
          Common Stock available thereunder. In the event that the Company is
          unable to so increase the number of shares so available, then the
          Employee shall be granted phantom units, or another award, that shall
          entitle him to the same appreciation in the Company's Common Stock as
          if he had received options to purchase shares of Common Stock. The
          Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Stock Option 
          Committee to grant options as provided for herein.  

3.4       Vesting of any options granted pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof shall be
          in accordance with the Company's Employee Stock Option Plan.

3.5       The bonus granted to the Employee in respect of any fiscal year in
          accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2 hereof shall be payable
          in full by the Company to the Employee not later than fifteen (15)
          days after the day on which the Company files its Annual Report on
          Form 10-K with the SEC containing its audited financial statements for
          the preceding year.

3.6       If any change is made to the Company's Common Stock (whether by reason
          of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock
          dividend, stock split, combination of shares, or exchange of shares or
          any other change in capital structure made without receipt of
          consideration), then the Company shall preserve the value of all
          shares of Common Stock referred to herein by adjusting the number and
          class of shares issuable to reflect the effect of such event or change
          upon the Company's capital structure and by making appropriate
          adjustments to the number and class of shares.

Section 4  --  Benefits

4.1       During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to
          receive from the Company the following:

          (1) benefits and a health care plan that is made available to the
              Company's executives;

          (2) a monthly car allowance of $500, car insurance and coverage of
              gas, maintenance and repair expenses;

          (3) reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee
              in the conduct of the Company's business;

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

          (4) four (4) weeks annual vacation. Such vacation, to the extent not
              used in any calendar year, may not be carried over to subsequent
              calendar years.

Section 5  --  Duties of the Employee

          The employee is engaged by the Company for the term of this Agreement
as an executive employee of the Company on a full time basis, and of such of its
subsidiaries as it may designate, and hereby covenants and agrees to perform and
discharge well and faithfully the duties which may be assigned to him from time
to time by the Company in connection with the conduct of its business and that
of its subsidiaries. The parties hereto agree that the Employee will be based on
the east coast of South Florida geographic area throughout the term of his
employment hereunder and may be required to travel from time to time in
furtherance of the Company's business. The Employee shall carry out such duties
are reasonably assigned to him by the Board of Directors of the Company. The
Employee shall deal at all times in good faith with the Company and its
subsidiaries and shall conduct himself at all times in the best interest of the
Company and of its subsidiaries.

Section 6  --  Extent of Services

          The Employee shall devote all of his working time, attention and
energy to the business of the Company and of its subsidiaries. The Employee
shall not, during the term of this Agreement, directly or indirectly, be engaged
in any other business activities, whether or not such business activities are
pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage. The foregoing provision
shall not be construed as preventing the Employee from investing his personal
assets in businesses which do not compete with the Company, provided such
investment will not require any material services on the part of the Employee.

Section 7  --  Disclosure of Information

          The Employee acknowledges that in the course of his employment with
the Company and its subsidiaries he has and will acquire access to and knowledge
of many of their trade secrets, financial information and proprietary
information and proprietary processes as they may, from time to time, exists
("Proprietary Information") and he hereby acknowleges that the Proprietary
Information is a valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the
Company and its subsidiaries. The Employee hereby covenants and agrees that he
will not, during the term of his employment and thereafter, disclose any

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

of the Proprietary Information to any person, firm, corporation, association or
other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever, nor shall he make use of the
Proprietary Information for his own purposes or for the benefit of any other
party under any circumstances whatsoever.

Section 8  --  Restrictive Covenant

8.1       The Employee covenants and agrees with the Company that he shall not,
          so long as he is an employee of the Company and for a period of two
          (2) years from the date (the "Exit Date") on which he ceases to be an
          employee of the Company;

          (a) directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, including,
              without limitation, either individually or in partnership or
              jointly, or in conjunction with any other person or persons, firm,
              association, syndicate, company or corporation, as principal,
              agent, shareholder (except as shareholder of not more than 5% of
              the voting shares of a publicly traded corporation), employee or
              in any other manner whatsoever, work for, be employed by or
              acquire an interest in any corporation engaged in the production,
              marketing, distribution or funding of the production, marketing or
              distribution of a personalized instructional sports video hereto 
              (a "Competitive Business") or any corporation affiliated with a
              Competitive Business or be concerned with or interested in or lend
              money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of or permit his name
              or any part thereof to be used or employed by a Competitive
              Business or any corporation affiliated with such business; or

          (b) entice or otherwise attempt to obtain the withdrawal of any
              employee of the Company or its subsidiaries.

8.2       If any of the covenants contained in Section 8.1 shall be held
          unreasonable by reason of the definition of a Competitive Businesses,
          duration or type or scope of service covered by the said covenant,
          then the said covenant shall be given effect to in such reduced form
          as may be decided by any court of competent jurisdiction. If,
          notwithstanding the foregoing, any clause or any portion of any such
          covenant should be unenforceable or be declared invalid for any reason
          whatsoever, such unenforceability or invalidity shall not affect the
          enforceability or validity of the remaining portions of the covenants
          and such unenforceable or invalid portions shall be severable from the
 
                                       -5-

<PAGE>

          remainder of this Agreement. The Employee hereby acknowledges and
          agrees that all restrictions contained in this Agreement are        
          reasonable and valid and all defenses to the strict enforcement
          thereof by the Company are hereby waived by the Employee.

Section 9  --  General

9.1       Any notice or other writing required or permitted to be given
          hereunder or for the purposes hereof (hereinafter in this subsection
          called a "notice") to any party shall be in writing and shall be
          sufficiently given if delivered or sent by prepaid registered mail
          addressed to such party:

          (a) in the case of a notice to the Company, at:

              Visual Edge Systems Inc.
              7 West 51st Street
              New York, New York 10019

              Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

              with a copy to:

              Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
              101 Park Avenue
              New York, New York 10178

              Attention:  David W. Pollak, Esq.

          (b) in the case of a notice to the Employee:

              Ami Anthony Trauber
              33 Pond Avenue #1225
              Brookline, MA 02146

              or at such other address or to such other person's attention as 
              the party to whom such notice is to be given shall have last 
              notified to the party giving the same in the manner provided in
              this section. Any notice delivered to the party to whom it is
              addressed as hereinbefore provided shall be deemed to have been
              given and received on the day it is so delivered at such address,
              provided that if such day is not a business day then the notice
              shall be deemed to have been given and received on the business
              day next following such day. Any notice mailed as aforesaid shall

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

              be deemed to have been given and received on the third business
              day of uninterrupted postal service following the date of its
              mailing.

9.2       This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
          the laws of the State of Florida.

9.3       This Agreement contains the whole understanding of the parties hereto
          with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other
          agreements and communications, oral or written, with respect thereto.
          This Agreement shall not be amended except by instrument in writing
          executed by each of the parties hereto.

9.4       The division of this Agreement into sections and sub-sections is for
          convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation
          or construction of this Agreement. All words and personal pronouns
          relating thereto shall be read and construed as the number and gender
          of the party or parties referred to in each case required and the verb
          shall be construed as agreeing with the required word and pronoun.

9.5       This Agreement may be executed by the Parties hereto in separate
          counterparts each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an
          original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and
          the same instrument.

9.6       The Parties hereto agree that any legal or other expenses associated
          with the preparation of this Agreement shall be for the account of the
          Company.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed as of the date set forth above.

VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ EARL TAKEFMAN                          /s/ AMI A. TRAUBER
- ------------------------------------      -------------------------------------
Name:  Earl Takefman                       Ami Anthony Trauber
Title: Chief Executive Officer

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

                               Bonus Compensation

EPS -- Earnings per share. A target EPS will be established on a yearly basis
by the Company.

If Stock Price                      then cash bonus           and new options
   is (2) or           If EPS is   based on base salary is   issued will be (1)
- --------------         ---------   -----------------------   ------------------

BASE price or less    less than X             0                         0
BASE +  10%                     X            10%                    5,000
BASE +  15%             X to 1.1X            15%                    7,500
BASE +  25%         1.1X to 1.25X            20%                   10,000
BASE +  50%         1.2X to  1.5X            35%                   12,500
BASE +  75%          1.5X to 2.0X            50%                   15,000
BASE + 100%             2.0X plus            75%                   20,000

(1)  Options will be issued at the closing price of the Company's stock on the
     last day of its fiscal year end, namely December 31st.

(2)  Stock price means closing yearend stock price which is calculated as the
     average of the last 10 trading days in December.

(3)  BASE price for fiscal 1997 will be the IPO price. Thereafter it will be the
     price established in (2) for the previous year i.e. for 1998 bonus the
     average stock price on the last 10 trading days of 1997.

                                      -8-


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.1 

                        INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT 

The Board of Directors 
Visual Edge Systems Inc. (a development stage company): 

   We consent to the use of our report included herein in Amendment No. 1 to 
Form SB-2 and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the
prospectus. 

   Our report dated April 30, 1996, except as to notes 1(e), 2 and 10, which 
are as of May 31, 1996, contains an explanatory paragraph that states that 
the Company is in its development stage and its losses and working capital 
and net capital deficiencies raise substantial doubt about its ability to 
continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any 
adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty. 

                                                     KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP 


New York, New York 
July 9, 1996 

<PAGE>
            
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                       CONSENT TO BE NAMED AS A DIRECTOR
                                       OF
                            VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC.


         The undersigned hereby consents to be named in the Registration 
Statement on Form SB-2 to be filed by Visual Edge Systems Inc. (the "Company")
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as a director of the Company.


                                       /s/  FRANK WILLIAMS
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                            Frank Williams


<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3

                       CONSENT TO BE NAMED AS A DIRECTOR
                                       OF
                            VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC.


         The undersigned hereby consents to be named in the Registration
Statement on Form SB-2 to be filed by Visual Edge Systems Inc. (the "Company")
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as a director of the Company.


                                         /s/  EDDIE EINHORN
                                         --------------------------------------
                                              Eddie Einhorn


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<PAGE>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995             MAR-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995             MAR-31-1996
<CASH>                                            $558                    $833
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0                       0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0                       0
<INVENTORY>                                          0                       0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                   558                     833
<PP&E>                                         671,177                 671,177
<DEPRECIATION>                                  64,743                 112,437
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 633,477                 609,587
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          682,980                 790,389
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                        30,000                  30,000
<OTHER-SE>                                    (79,503)               (210,802)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   633,477                 609,587
<SALES>                                          7,267                   3,848
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               132,267                   3,848
<CGS>                                           44,167                  23,728
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   44,167                  23,728
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               547,224                  98,607
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               5,118                  12,812
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              (464,242)               (131,299)
<INCOME-TAX>                                       721                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          (464,963)               (131,299)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                 (464,963)               (131,299)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.14)                   (.04)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (.14)                   (.04)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission